Dell 9.8(0.
Notes, cautions, and warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright, 2009 – 2015 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
Contents 1 About this Guide............................................................................................................ 48 Objectives........................................................................................................................................................................ 48 Audience..........................................................................................................................................................................
Control and Monitoring................................................................................................. 92 asf-mode..........................................................................................................................................................................92 banner exec......................................................................................................................................................................93 banner login..............
show debugging..............................................................................................................................................................134 show environment.......................................................................................................................................................... 134 show inventory...................................................................................................................................................
802.1X.......................................................................................................................... 178 debug dot1x.................................................................................................................................................................... 178 dot1x auth-fail-vlan..........................................................................................................................................................179 dot1x auth-server..
show interface management port config........................................................................................................................206 8 Access Control Lists (ACL)..........................................................................................207 Commands Common to all ACL Types............................................................................................................................207 remark..............................................................
deny.........................................................................................................................................................................255 ip prefix-list.............................................................................................................................................................. 255 seq...........................................................................................................................................................
deny arp (for Extended MAC ACLs)...............................................................................................................................292 deny icmp (for Extended IP ACLs)................................................................................................................................. 293 deny ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs)...................................................................................................................
bfd protocol-liveness.......................................................................................................................................................341 ip route bfd..................................................................................................................................................................... 341 ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors...............................................................................................................................
debug ip bgp dampening................................................................................................................................................ 382 debug ip bgp events.......................................................................................................................................................383 debug ip bgp keepalives................................................................................................................................................
permit bandwidth........................................................................................................................................................... 423 redistribute..................................................................................................................................................................... 424 router bgp................................................................................................................................................
neighbor route-map........................................................................................................................................................474 neighbor route-reflector-client....................................................................................................................................... 475 network................................................................................................................................................................
service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues............................................................................................................................... 514 service-policy rate-limit-protocols................................................................................................................................... 515 ip unknown-unicast.........................................................................................................................................................
dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all............................................................................................................................. 551 show qos dcb-map........................................................................................................................................................ 552 dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size............................................................................................................................................
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address....................................................................................................................... 582 ip helper-address......................................................................................................................................................582 show ip dhcp snooping.............................................................................................................................................
show fips status..............................................................................................................................................................618 20 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP).................................................................... 619 clear frrp.........................................................................................................................................................................619 debug frrp..........................
debug ip igmp................................................................................................................................................................ 654 debug ip igmp snooping................................................................................................................................................. 655 ip igmp access-group..............................................................................................................................................
portmode hybrid.............................................................................................................................................................704 rate-interval....................................................................................................................................................................705 show config................................................................................................................................................
ip udp-helper udp-port................................................................................................................................................... 755 show ip udp-helper.........................................................................................................................................................756 25 Fabric Services Commands....................................................................................... 758 active-zoneset ............................
show crypto ipsec transform-set....................................................................................................................................789 show crypto ipsec policy................................................................................................................................................ 789 transform-set...............................................................................................................................................................
show ip management-route............................................................................................................................................837 show ipv6 management-route........................................................................................................................................838 show ip protocols...........................................................................................................................................................
clear ipv6 route.............................................................................................................................................................. 884 clear ipv6 mld_host........................................................................................................................................................884 maximum dynamic-routes-ipv6...................................................................................................................................
capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size...................................................................................................................................922 capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6)................................................................................................................................... 923 clear ip bgp * (asterisk)..................................................................................................................................................
neighbor update-source................................................................................................................................................. 958 neighbor weight............................................................................................................................................................. 959 neighbor X:X:X::X password.........................................................................................................................................
neighbor default-originate.............................................................................................................................................. 993 neighbor distribute-list................................................................................................................................................... 993 neighbor filter-list...............................................................................................................................................
debug isis local-updates................................................................................................................................................1028 debug isis snp-packets................................................................................................................................................. 1029 debug isis spf-triggers...............................................................................................................................................
redistribute bgp............................................................................................................................................................ 1065 redistribute ospf........................................................................................................................................................... 1066 router isis.................................................................................................................................................
show config...................................................................................................................................................................1109 show vlan.......................................................................................................................................................................1110 tagged..................................................................................................................................................
advertise med voice-signaling..................................................................................................................................1148 38 Microsoft Network Load Balancing...........................................................................1149 arp (for Multicast MAC Address).................................................................................................................................. 1149 mac-address-table static (for Multicast MAC Address).............
41 Multicast...................................................................................................................1184 IPv4 Multicast Commands............................................................................................................................................ 1184 clear ip mroute...............................................................................................................................................................1184 ip mroute.......................
track ip route metric threshold................................................................................................................................ 1215 track ip route reachability........................................................................................................................................ 1216 track resolution ip route...........................................................................................................................................
flood-2328.................................................................................................................................................................... 1257 graceful-restart grace-period........................................................................................................................................1258 graceful-restart helper-reject....................................................................................................................................
show ip ospf virtual-links................................................................................................................................................ 1311 summary-address.......................................................................................................................................................... 1312 timers spf.......................................................................................................................................................
IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands............................................................................................................................. 1355 clear ip pim snooping tib............................................................................................................................................... 1355 clear ip pim tib..............................................................................................................................................................
show monitor session................................................................................................................................................... 1393 show running-config monitor session........................................................................................................................... 1394 source (port monitoring)...............................................................................................................................................
qos-policy-output......................................................................................................................................................... 1432 queue egress................................................................................................................................................................ 1433 queue ingress.................................................................................................................................................
ip rip send version......................................................................................................................................................... 1474 ip split-horizon.............................................................................................................................................................. 1475 maximum-paths.............................................................................................................................................
56 Software-Defined Networking (SDN).......................................................................1517 57 Security....................................................................................................................1518 AAA Accounting Commands......................................................................................................................................... 1518 aaa accounting........................................................................................
debug tacacs+........................................................................................................................................................1553 ip tacacs source-interface...................................................................................................................................... 1553 tacacs-server group...............................................................................................................................................
Secure DHCP Commands............................................................................................................................................ 1589 clear ip dhcp snooping............................................................................................................................................1589 ip dhcp relay...........................................................................................................................................................
snmp ifmib ifalias long...................................................................................................................................................1622 snmp-server community...............................................................................................................................................1623 snmp-server contact....................................................................................................................................................
show spanning-tree 0...................................................................................................................................................1665 spanning-tree 0............................................................................................................................................................ 1668 62 Stacking Commands................................................................................................
65 u-Boot..................................................................................................................... 1705 printenv........................................................................................................................................................................ 1705 reset............................................................................................................................................................................. 1706 save..........
69 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF)..................................................................... 1738 ip vrf............................................................................................................................................................................. 1738 ip http vrf..................................................................................................................................................................... 1739 description....................
system-mac.................................................................................................................................................................. 1770 unit-id............................................................................................................................................................................ 1771 vlt domain...........................................................................................................................................
show hardware stack-unit............................................................................................................................................ 1803 show hardware buffer interface......................................................................................................................................1811 show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot...........................................................................................................................
1 About this Guide This book provides information about the Dell Networking OS command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features found in Dell Networking OS.
Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information. CAUTION: The Caution icon signals information about situations that could result in equipment damage or loss of data. WARNING: The Warning icon signals information about hardware handling that could result in injury.
2 CLI Basics This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols. Accessing the Command Line When the system boots successfully, you are positioned on the command line in EXEC mode and not prompted to log in. You can access the commands through a serial console port or a Telnet session.
In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Navigating the CLI Dell Networking OS displays a CLI prompt comprised of the host name and CLI mode. • Host name is the initial part of the prompt and is “Dell” by default. You can change the host name with the hostname command. • CLI mode is the second part of the prompt and reflects the current CLI mode. For a list of the Dell Networking OS command modes, refer to the command mode list in the Accessing the Command Line section.
tacacs telnet tftp trace-group trace-list Dell(conf)#ip Interface configuration for TACACS+ Specify telnet options TFTP configuration commands Named trace-list Named trace-list When entering commands, you can take advantage of the following timesaving features: • The commands are not case-sensitive. • You can enter partial (truncated) command keywords. For example, you can enter int teng 1/1 for the interface tengigabitethernet 1/1 command. • To complete keywords in commands, use the TAB key.
Using the Keyword no Command To disable, delete or return to default values, use the no form of the commands. For most commands, if you type the keyword no in front of the command, you disable that command or delete it from the running configuration. In this guide, the no form of the command is described in the Syntax portion of the command description.
Enabling Software Features on Devices Using a Command Option This capability to activate software applications or components on a device using a command is supported on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000, platforms. Starting with Release 9.4(0.0), you can enable or disable specific software functionalities or applications that need to run on a device by using a command attribute in the CLI interface.
show feature Verify the status of software applications, such as VRF, that are activated and running on a device. Syntax show feature Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000. Usage Information You can activate VRF application on a device by using the feature vrf command in CONFIGURATION mode. The no feature vrf command is not supported on any of the platforms.
1. Verify that you are logged in to EXEC Privilege mode. 2. Enter the configure command. The prompt changes to include (conf). From this mode, you can enter INTERFACE mode by using the interface command. CONTROL-PLANE Mode To manage control-plane traffic, use CONTROL-PLANE mode. For more information, refer to Control Plane Policing (CoPP). To enter CONTROL-PLANE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the control-plane-cpuqos command.
EXEC Mode When you initially log in to the switch, by default, you are logged in to EXEC mode. This mode allows you to view settings and enter EXEC Privilege mode, which is used to configure the device. When you are in EXEC mode, the > prompt is displayed following the host name prompt, which is “Dell” by default. You can change the host name prompt using the hostname command. NOTE: Each mode prompt is preceded by the host name. EXEC Privilege Mode The enable command accesses EXEC Privilege mode.
Prompt Interface Type Dell(conf-ifgi-0/0)# Gigabit Ethernet interface then the slot/port information Dell(conf-ifte-0/0)# Ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-iffo-0/0)# Forty-Gigabit Ethernet interface then slot/port information Dell(conf-iflo-0)# Loopback interface number Dell(conf-ifnu-0)# Null Interface then zero Dell(conf-ifpo-0)# Port-channel interface number Dell(conf-ifvl-0)# VLAN Interface then VLAN number (range 1–4094) Dell(conf-ifma-0/0)# Managemen
1. To enable LLDP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. To enable LLDP on an interface, verify that you are logged in to INTERFACE mode. 2. Enter the protocol lldp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-lldp) or (conf-if-interface-lldp). LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE Mode To enable and configure Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) on management interfaces, use LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode. To enter LLDP MANAGEMENT INTERFACE mode: 1.
OPENFLOW INSTANCE Mode To enable and configure OpenFlow instances, use OPENFLOW INSTANCE mode. To enter OPENFLOW INSTANCE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the openflow of-instance command then the OpenFlow ID number of the instance you want to create or configure. The prompt changes to include (conf-of-instance of-id). You can return to the CONFIGURATION mode by entering the exit command.
RAPID SPANNING TREE (RSTP) Mode To enable and configure RSTP, use RSTP mode. For more information, refer to Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP). To enter RSTP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree rstp command. The prompt changes to include (conf-rstp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTE-MAP Mode To configure a route map, use ROUTE-MAP mode. To enter ROUTE-MAP mode: 1.
ROUTER OSPFV3 Mode To configure OSPF for IPv6, use ROUTER OSPFV3 mode. To enter ROUTER OSPFV3 mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ipv6 router ospf {process-id} command. The prompt changes to include (conf-ipv6-router_ospf). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER RIP Mode To enable and configure Router Information Protocol (RIP), use ROUTER RIP mode. For more information, refer to Routing Information Protocol (RIP).
VRRP Mode To enable and configure Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP), use VRRP mode. For more information, refer to Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP). To enter VRRP mode: 1. To enable VRRP globally, verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the vrrp-group command then enter the VRRP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-if-interface-type-slot/ port-vrid-vrrp-group-id).
3 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. The commands in this chapter are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the S5000 platform. boot system Tell the system where to access the Dell Networking OS image used to boot the system.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced the support for bmp-boot on the S-Series and Z-Series switches. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. HTTP Copy via CLI Copy one file to another location. Dell Networking OS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, TFTP, and SCP (in the hostip field). This feature is supported on platform. Syntax copy http://10.16.206.77/sample_file flash://sample_filecopy flash:// sample_file http://10.16.206.
copy Copy one file to another location. Dell Networking OS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, TFTP, and SCP (in the hostip field). Syntax copy compressed-config source-file-url destination-file-url Parameters Enter the following location keywords and information: compressed-config file-url Enter the keyword compressed-config to copy one file, after optimizing and reducing the size of the configuration file, to another location.
To copy a file on the external FLASH enter slot0:// followed by the filename To copy a file on a TFTP server enter tftp://hostip/filepath To copy a file from an external USB drive enter usbflash://filepath Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• copy running-config tftp: • copy running-config ftp: • copy running-config nfsmount:///filepath You can compress the running configuration by grouping all the VLANs and the physical interfaces with the same property. Support to store the operating configuration to the startup config in the compressed mode and to perform an image downgrade without any configuration loss are provided.
Parameters flash-url Enter the following location and keywords: • For a file or directory on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename or directory name. • For a file or directory on the NFS mounted file system, enter nfsmount:// followed by the mount point and the file path. NOTE: While deleting a file directory on a remote NFS file system, it is mandatory to specify the mount-point that indicates the working directory on the NFS file system.
NOTE: While displaying a file directory on a remote NFS file system, it is mandatory to specify the mount-point that indicates the working directory on the NFS file system. You cannot display details corresponding to the root directory of the remote NFS file system. • For a file or directory on the external Flash, enter usbflash:// then the filename or directory name. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
format (S-Series) Erase all existing files and reformat the filesystem in the internal flash memory. After the filesystem is formatted, files cannot be restored. Syntax format flash: Defaults flash memory Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Introduced on S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on S4820T. Include the colon (:) when entering this command. This command checks the specified flash memory for errors. If errors are found, the command recommends that you format the flash.
rhost:path Enter the remote hosts’s path directory. mount-point Enter the folder name in the local file system. username (OPTIONAL) Enter the user name to access the device. password (OPTIONAL) Enter the password. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters url Enter the following keywords and a filename: • For a file on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. • For a file on an NFS mounted file system, enter nfsmount:// followed by the mount point and file path. • For a file on an external USB drive, enter usbflash:// followed by the filename. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Added bootvar as a new parameter. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
NOTE: For information on the default values that these variables take, refer to the Restoring Factory Default Environment Variables section in the Dell Networking OS Configuration guide. Example (all stack units) Dell#restore factory-defaults stack-unit all clear-all ************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * startup-config and all persistent settings (stacking, fanout, etc.
* Proceed with caution ! * ************************************************************** Proceed with factory settings? Confirm [yes/no]:yes -- Restore status -Unit Nvram Config -----------------------1 Success Power-cycling the unit(s). Dell# show boot system Displays information about boot images currently configured on the system. Syntax show boot system {stack-unit | all} Parameters Defaults all Enter the keyword all to display the boot image information for all stack units.
show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command Dell#show file-systems Size(b) Free(b) Feature Type Flags Prefixes 63938560 51646464 dosFs2.0 MMC rw flash: 63938560 18092032 dosFs1.
• For a file on the internal flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename. • For a file on an FTP server, enter ftp://user:password@hostip/ filepath. • For a file on a TFTP server, enter tftp://hostip/filepath. • For a file on the USB port, enter usbflash://filepath. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information NOTE: A filepath that contains a dot ( . ) is not supported. show running-config Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values. Syntax show running-config [entity] [configured] [status] [compressed] Parameters entity (OPTIONAL) To display that entity’s current (non-default) configuration, enter one of the following keywords: NOTE: If you did not configure anything that entity, nothing displays and the prompt returns.
interface port-channel for the current port-channel interface configuration. The range is from 1 to 128. interface tunnel for all configured tunnels. For a specific tunnel, enter the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383.
rip for the current RIP configuration rmon for the current RMON configuration route-map for the current route map configuration sflow for the current sFlow configuration snmp for the current SNMP configuration spanning-tree for the current spanning tree configuration static for the current static route configuration status for the file status information tacacs+ for the current TACACS+ configuration tftp for the current TFTP configuration trace-group for the current trace-group configur
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Expanded to include the last configuration change, start-up last updated (date and time), and who made the change. 6.5.4.0 Added the status option. Example Dell# show running-config Current Configuration ...
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on S-Series 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Expanded to include the last configuration change, start-up last updated (date and time), and who made the change.
Command Fields Example (S-Series) Version Description E-Series Original command. Lines Beginning With Description Dell Network... Name of the operating system Dell Operating... OS version number Dell Application... Software version Copyright (c)... Copyright information Build Time... Software build’s date stamp Build Path... Location of the software build files loaded on the system Dell Networking OS uptime is... Amount of time the system has been up System image...
1 52-port GE/TE/FG (SE) 52 Ten GigabitEthernet/IEEE 802.3 interface(s) Example (S6000) Dell#S6000#show version Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 9-4(0-119) Copyright (c) 1999-2014 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved. Build Time: Tue Mar 18 10:32:02 PDT 2014 Build Path: /work.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for NFS mount. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0(0.0) Added support for IPv6 for the file-url parameter. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Added support for the SSD on the Z9000 only. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Added support for TFTP and SCP. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
stack-unit: Enter the keywords stack-unit: to synch the image to the stack-unit. file-url Enter the following location keywords and information to upgrade using an Dell Networking OS ima one currently running: • To specify an Dell Networking OS image on the internal flash, enter flash:// file-path/ • To specify an Dell Networking OS image on an FTP server, enter ftp://user:password@h filepath.
12946259 bytes successfully copied Dell# reload File Management 91
4 Control and Monitoring This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP). NOTE: This command replaces the enable optic-info-update interval command to update information on temperature and power monitoring in the simple network management protocol (SNMP) management information base (MIB).
banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command. Parameters c Enter the keywords banner exec, then enter a character delineator, represented here by the letter c. Press ENTER. line Enter a text string for your banner message ending the message with your delineator. In the following example, the delineator is a percent character (%); the banner message is “testing, testing”.
Press RETURN to get started. 4d21h6m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands line — enables and configures the console and virtual terminal lines to the system. banner login Set a banner to display when logging on to the system. Syntax banner login {keyboard-interactive | no keyboard-interactive} [c line c] Enter no banner login to delete the banner text.
Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the banner EXEC (if configured) displays.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character.
Enter 4 or 8 for the number of OpenFlow FP blocks. • 4: Creates 242 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller (256 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality) • 8: Creates 498 entries for use by the OpenFlow controller (512 total entries minus the 14 entries reserved for internal functionality) Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
cam-acl-vlan Specify the number of VFP blocks allocated to OpenFlow. Syntax cam-acl-vlan vlanopenflow {0|1} Defaults Disabled. Parameters vlanopenflow Enter the number 1 to allocate VFP blocks and enable OpenFlow. (Default) Enter the number 0 to disable OpenFlow. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. configure Enter CONFIGURATION mode from EXEC Privilege mode.
disable Return to EXEC mode. Syntax disable [level] Parameters level (OPTIONAL) Enter a number for a privilege level of the Dell Networking OS. The range is from 0 to 15. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.4 Replacement command for the Z9000. Replaces the enable xfp-powerupdates command 8.3.10.0 Replacement command for the S4810 only. Replaces the enable xfp-powerupdates command. To enable polling and to configure the polling frequency, use this command. enable xfp-power-updates Enable 10–gigabit small form-factor pluggable (XFP) power updates for SNMP.
end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes). Syntax end Command Modes Command History • CONFIGURATION • SPANNING TREE • MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE • LINE • INTERFACE • TRACE-LIST • VRRP • ACCESS-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific.
To return to default settings, use the no exec-timeout command. Parameters minutes Enter the number of minutes of inactivity on the system before disconnecting the current session. The range is from 0 to 35791. The default is 10 minutes for the console line and 30 minutes for the VTY line. seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 2147483. The default is 0 seconds.
Command History • MAC ACCESS LIST • ACCESS-LIST • AS-PATH ACL • COMMUNITY-LIST • PREFIX-LIST • ROUTER OSPF • ROUTER RIP • ROUTER ISIS • ROUTER BGP This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. morpheus% ftp 10.31.1.111 Connected to 10.31.1.111. 220 Dell (1.0) FTP server ready Name (10.31.1.
Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information After you enable FTP server functions with the ftp-server enable command, Dell Networking recommends specifying a top-level directory path.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. hostname Set the host name of the system. Syntax Parameters hostname name name Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long.
ip http source-interface Specify an interface as the source interface for HTTP connections. This feature is supported on platform. Syntax ip http source-interface interface To delete an interface, use theno ip http source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Parameters encryption-type password (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following numbers: • 0 (zero) for an unecrypted (clear text) password • 7 (seven) for a hidden text password Enter a string up to 40 characters as the password. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information Configure a password with the ip ftp password command. Related Commands ip ftp password — sets the password for FTP connections.
ip telnet server enable Enable the Telnet server on the switch. Syntax ip telnet server enable To disable the Telnet server, use the no ip telnet server enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Example Dell(conf)#ip telnet vrf vrf1 Dell(conf)#do telnet 10.10.10.2 Dell(conf)#no ip telnet vrf vrf1 ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic. Syntax ip tftp source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip tftp source-interface interface command.
ip tftp vrf Configures an TFTP client with a VRF that is used to connect to the TFTP server. Syntax ip tftp [vrf vrf-name] To undo the TFTP client configuration, use the no ip tftp [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to specify the VRF that is used by the TFTP client. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S4048–ON, S3048–ON, S5000, S6000, S6000ON, and Z9500.
5 vty 3 10.14.1.97 Clear existing session? [line number/Enter to cancel]: Related Commands login statistics — Enable and configure user login statistics on console and virtual terminal lines. show login statistics — Displays login statistics of users who have used the console or virtual terminal lines to log in to the system. login statistics Enable and configure user login statistics on console and virtual terminal lines.
Example When you log into the system, it displays a message similar to the following: $ telnet 10.11.178.14 Trying 10.11.178.14... Connected to 10.11.178.14. Escape character is '^]'. Login: admin Password: Last successful login: Mon Feb 16 04:36:11 2015 Line vty0 ( 10.14.1.97 ). There were 2 unsuccessful login attempt(s) since the last successful login. There were 3 unsuccessful login attempt(s) for user admin in last 30 day(s).
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command ping Test connectivity between the system and another device by sending echo requests and waiting for replies.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then a number from 1 to 16383. tos (IPv4 only) Enter the type of service required. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 0.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4820T. Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
:: Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.209 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.66 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.87 0 ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell#ping 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 100::1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100.0 percent (5/5), round-trip min/avg/max = 0/0/0 (ms) Dell# reload Reboot Dell Networking Operating System (OS). Syntax reload [conditional nvram-cfg-change] Parameters conditional nvramcfg-change Reload if the condition is true.
send Send messages to one or all terminal line users. Syntax Parameters send [*] | [line ] | [console] | [vty] * Enter the asterisk character * to send a message to all tty lines. line Send a message to a specific line. The range is from 0 to 11. console Enter the keyword console to send a message to the primary terminal line. vty Enter the keyword vty to send a message to the virtual terminal. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to add timestamps to log messages with severity from 0 to 6. datetime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword datetime to have the current time and date added to the message. localtime (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword localtime to include the localtime in the timestamp. msec (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword msec to include milliseconds in the timestamp. show-timezone (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword show-timezone to include the time zone information in the timestamp.
Parameters Command Modes Command History threshold • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword threshold to display the temperature thresholds in Celcuis for each level. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
show cam-acl-vlan Display the block sizes allocated for the VLAN CAM ACL. Syntax show cam-acl-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description Version 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
console [11/20 15:47:22]: CMD-(CLI):[service password-encryption hostname Force10]by default from console - Repeated 3 times.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to display traffic statistics on all the interfaces receiving traffic, sorted based on the traffic. cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to display traffic statistics on the specified CPU. Defaults all Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show debugging View a list of all enabled debugging processes. Syntax show debugging Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000.
Command Modes Command History pem Enter the keyword pem to view only information on power entry modules. thermal-sensor Enter the keyword thermal-sensor to view information on thermal sensors. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
Dell#show environment thermal-sensor -- Thermal Sensor Readings (degree C) -- -- Unit 0 -- S0 S1 S2 S3 S4 S5 S6 S7 --------------------------------------------------------------BASE BOARD 40 26 26 29 28 41 26 28 Module 0 30 31 22 19 23 20 Module 1 28 29 21 Module 2 20 25 24 21 22 23 Module 3 20 25 24 - show inventory Display the S-Series or Z-Series switch type, components (including media), and Dell Networking Operating System (OS), including hardware identification numbers and configured protocols.
Unit Type Serial Number Part Number Rev Piece Part ID -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------* 0 S6000-01-FE-32T NA 08YWFG A00 CN-08YWFG-28298-39Q-0015 A0 0 S6000-PWR-AC NA 0T9FNW A00 CN-0T9FNW-28298-39Q-0005 A0 0 S6000-FAN NA 0MGDH8 A00 CN-0MGDH8-28298-39Q-0009 A0 0 S6000-FAN NA 0MGDH8 A00 CN-0MGDH8-28298-39Q-0007 A0 0 S6000-FAN NA 0MGDH8 A00 CN-0MGDH8-28298-39Q-0008 A0 * - Management Unit Software Protocol Configured ---------------------------------------------
Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, and Z9500.
The following is sample output of the show login statistics user user-id command. Dell#show login statistics user admin -----------------------------------------------------------------User: admin Last login time: Mon Feb 16 04:40:00 2015 Last login location: Line vty0 ( 10.14.1.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced this version of the command for the S-Series. Usage Information The output for show memory displays the memory usage of LP part (sysdlp) of the system. The sysdlp is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the S-Series’ CPU.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
0xbadb4000 30 0 ipc 0xbadc9000 10 0 sysReaper 0xbae22000 60 0 tme Dell#show processes cpu <1-99> seconds details | Dell#show processes cpu 3 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 1 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 6 10000 0.00% 0.00% 0.02% management-unit ? Number of tasks with highest CPU usage last 5 Detail CPU utilization Pipe through a command management-unit details CPUID 5sec 1min 5min -------------------------------------------------CORE 0 11.73 10.79 12.82 CORE 2 11.73 12.05 14.31 Overall 11.73 11.42 13.
TTY Process 0x00000000 45040 0 system 0x000001ac 25750 0 sysdlp 0x0000019a 10650 0 sysd 0x000003a5 860 0 clish 0x000001ad 520 0 lacp 0x000004ba 330 0 clish 0x000000c9 1240 0 nvmgr 0x000000e0 530 0 igmp 0x00000132 420 0 vrrp 0x0000028d 410 0 ovsdbsvr 0x000000a9 200 0 arpm 0x00000253 100 0 otm 0x00000206 140 0 tnlmgr 0x00000012 1290 0 mount_mfs 0x0000024d 400 0 xstp Related Commands 4504 10000 13.12% 13.20% 12.94% 2575 10000 2.78% 2.48% 3.40% 1065 10000 0.60% 1.16% 2.50% 86 10000 0.40% 0.
Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
Example (S-Series) • If no response is received within a defined period of time, the SWP timeout mechanism resubmits the message at the head of the FIFO queue. • After retrying a defined number of times, the SWP-2-NOMORETIMEOUT timeout message is generated. • In the S-Series example, a retry (Retries) value of zero indicates that the SWP mechanism reached the maximum number of retransmissions without an acknowledgement.
Usage Information show processes memory output Description Total: Total system memory available MaxUsed: Total maximum memory used ever (history indicated with time stamp) CurrentUsed: Total memory currently in use CurrentFree: Total system memory available SharedUsed: Total used shared memory SharedFree: Total free shared memory PID Process ID Process Process Name ResSize Actual resident size of the process in memory Size Process test, stack, and data size Allocs Total dynamic memor
323 frrp 5206016 241664 369238 0 369238 322 xstp 7430144 2928640 38328 0 38328 321 pim 5267456 823296 62168 0 62168 314 igmp 4960256 380928 18588 16564 18588 313 mrtm 6742016 1130496 72758 0 72758 308 l2mgr 5607424 552960 735214 380972 619266 301 l2pm 5001216 167936 1429522 1176044 286606 298 arpm 4628480 217088 71092 33128 71092 294 ospf 5468160 503808 724204 662560 78208 288 dsm 6778880 1159168 39490 16564 39490 287 rtm 5713920 602112 442280 198768 376024 284 rip 4562944 258048 528 0 528 281 lacp 4673536
Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
stack-ports status | topology Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-ports for information about the status or topology of the stack ports. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.
0 1 up AC up 6600 -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 up up 7072 up 7072 0 1 up up 7021 up 7072 0 2 up up 7021 up 7021 Speed in RPM Example (S6000) Dell#show system Stack MAC : 90:b1:1c:f4:9b:79 Reload-Type : normal-reload [Next boot : normal-reload] -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-p
Example (S4810) Dell#show system stack-unit 0 -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.0 Num Ports : 128 Up Time : 21 min, 8 sec Dell Networking OS Version : 9-4(0-168) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : no FIPS Mode : disabled Boot Flash : 3.1.1.2 Boot Selector : 3.1.0.
Temperature Voltage Serial Number Part Number Vendor Id Date Code Country Code Piece Part ID PPID Revision Service Tag Expr Svc Code Auto Reboot Burned In MAC No Of MACs : : : : : : : : : : : : : : 0C ok NA NA NA NA N/A 0 disabled 00:00:00:00:00:00 3 -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) --------------------------------------------------------------------------1 1 up AC up 18528 1 2 absent absent 0 -- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan1 Speed Fan2
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
Dell#show tech-support stack-unit 1 ? | Pipe through a command Dell#show tech-support stack-unit 1 | ? except Show only text that does not match a pattern find Search for the first occurrence of a pattern grep Show only text that matches a pattern no-more Don't paginate output save Save output to a file Dell#show tech-support stack-unit 1 | save ? flash: Save to local file system (flash://filename (max 20 chars) ) Dell#show tech-support stack-unit 1 | save flash://LauraSave Start saving show command re
redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit 3 redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit 4 redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit 5 ! hardware watchdog stack-unit 0 hardware watchdog stack-unit 1 hardware watchdog stack-unit 2 hardware watchdog stack-unit 3 hardware watchdog stack-unit 4 hardware watchdog stack-unit 5 ! Related Commands ssh-peer-stack-unit Open an SSH connection to the peer stack-unit.
Syntax telnet {host | ip-address | ipv6-address prefix-length | vrf vrf instance name } [/source-interface] Parameters host Enter the name of a server. ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the server. ipv6-address prefixlength Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series only. The VRF configured using this command has a higher precedence than a VRF configured using the ip telent vrf vrf-name command. If you do not use the VRF attribute in this command, then TELENT client uses the VRF configured using the ip telnet vrf vrf-name command.
terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. Syntax terminal length screen-length Parameters Defaults screen-length Enter a number of lines. Entering zero causes the terminal to display without pausing. The range is from 0 to 512. 24 lines Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults Command Modes Command History • Timeout = 5 seconds • Probe count = 3 • 30 hops max • 40 byte packet size • UDP port = 33434 • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
2 gwegress-sjc-02.Dell Networking.com (10.11.30.126) 005.000 ms 001.000 ms 001.000 ms 3 fw-sjc-01.Dell Networking.com (10.11.127.254) 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 4 www.Dell Networking.com (10.11.84.18) 000.000 ms 000.000 ms 000.000 ms FTOS# Example (IPv6) Dell#traceroute 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. ----------------------------------------------Tracing the route to 100::1, 64 hops max, 60 byte packets ----------------------------------------------Hops Hostname Probe1 Probe2 Probe3 1 100::1 000.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command virtual-ip Configure a virtual IP address for the active management interface. You can configure virtual addresses both for IPv4 and IPv6 independently. Syntax virtual-ip {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} To return to the default, use the no virtual-ip {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the active management interface in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
write Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal. Syntax write {memory compressed| terminal} Parameters memory Enter the keyword memory to copy the current running configuration to the startup configuration file. This command is similar to the copy runningconfig startup-config command. compressed Enter the keyword compressed to write the operating configuration to the startup-config file in the compressed mode.
5 802.1ag 802.1ag is available on the Dell Networking OS. ccm disable Disable continuity check message (CCM). Syntax ccm disable Enter no ccm disable to enable CCM. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 8.3.19.
Version Description Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. clear ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Delete all link trace cache entries. Syntax clear ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. disable Disable Ethernet CFM without stopping the CFM process. Syntax disable Defaults Disabled Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 8.3.19.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ethernet cfm Spawn the CFM process. No CFM configuration is allowed until the CFM process is spawned. Syntax ethernet cfm Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ethernet cfm mip Create a maintenance intermediate point (MIP).
Parameters mep-id Enter the MEP ID. The range is from 1 to 8191. Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
mep cross-check start-delay Configure the amount of time the system waits for a remote MEP to come up before the cross-check operation is started. Syntax Parameters mep cross-check start-delay number start-delay number Enter a start-delay in seconds. The range is from 3 to 100 seconds. Defaults 3 ccms Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show ethernet cfm domain Display maintenance domain information. Syntax show ethernet cfm domain [name | level | brief] Parameters name | level Enter the maintenance domain name or level. brief Enter the keyword brief to display a summary output.
show ethernet cfm maintenance-points local Display configured MEPs and MIPs. Syntax Parameters show ethernet cfm maintenance-points local [mep | mip] mep Enter the keyword mep to display configured MEPs. mip Enter the keyword mip to display configured MIPs. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
domain [name | level] Enter the keyword domain then the domain name or domain level. expired Enter the keyword expired to view MEP entries that have expired due to connectivity failure. waiting Enter the keyword waiting to display MEP entries waiting for response. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show ethernet cfm statistics Display MEP statistics. Syntax Parameters show ethernet cfm statistics [domain {name | level} vlan-id vlan-id mpid mpid] domain Enter the keyword domain to display statistics for a particular domain. name | level Enter the domain name or level. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan-id then a VLAN ID. mpid mpid Enter the keyword mpid then a maintenance point ID.
show ethernet cfm port-statistics Display CFM statistics by port. Syntax show ethernet cfm port-statistics [interface type slot/port[]] Parameters interface type Enter the keyword interface then the interface type. slot/port[] Enter the slot and port numbers for the port. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Next Host Egress MAC Egress Action -------------------------------------------------------4 00:00:00:01:e8:53:4a:f8 00:01:e8:52:4a:f8 IngOK 00:00:00:01:e8:52:4a:f8 FWD Status RlyHit Terminal MEP service Create maintenance association. Syntax Parameters service name vlan vlan-id name Enter a maintenance association name. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan and then enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. traceroute cache size Set the size of the link trace cache. Syntax traceroute cache size entries Parameters entries Enter the number of entries the link trace cache can hold. The range is from 1 to 4095 entries. Defaults 100 entries Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 802.
6 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking operating software supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
interface interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface. Defaults Disabled Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. If the host responds to 802.1X with an incorrect login/password, the login fails. The switch attempts to authenticate again until the maximum attempts configured is reached. If the authentication fails after all allowed attempts, the interface moves to the authentication failed VLAN.
dot1x auth-type mab-only To authenticate a device with MAC authentication bypass (MAB), only use the host MAC address. Syntax dot1x auth-type mab-only Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
dot1x host-mode Enable single-host or multi-host authentication. Syntax dot1x host-mode {single-host | multi-host | multi-auth} Parameters single-host Enable single-host authentication. multi-host Enable multi-host authentication. multi-auth Enable multi-supplicant authentication. Defaults single-host Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x max-supplicants Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port. This configuration is only takes effect in Multi-auth mode. Syntax dot1x max-supplicants number Parameters number Enter the number of supplicants that can be authenticated on a single port in Multi-auth mode.
force-unauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly de-authorize a port. Defaults none Command Modes Auto Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic reauthentication of the client. Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic reauthentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which reauthentication is initiated.
Parameters number Enter the permitted number of re-authentications. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2. Defaults 2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you configure the dot1x server-timeout value, take into account the communication medium used to communicate with an authentication server and the number of RADIUS servers configured.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30.
mac-address Defaults • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. (Optional) MAC address of an 802.1X-authenticated supplicant. none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
802.1p CoS re-map table for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:10 Dot1p 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Dell# Remapped Dot1p 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface. Syntax Parameters show dot1x interface interface [mac-address mac-address] interface mac-address Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Usage Information If you enable 802.1X multi-supplicant authentication on a port, additional 802.1X configuration details (Port Authentication status, Untagged VLAN ID, Authentication PAE state, and Backend state) display for each supplicant, as shown in the following example. Example Dell#show dot1x interface tengigabitethernet 1/32 802.
Dell# show dot1x interface tengigabitethernet 1/32 mac-address 00:00:00:00:00:11 Supplicant Mac: 0 0 0 0 0 10 Lookup for Mac: 802.
00:00:00:00:00:11 Supplicant Mac: 0 0 0 0 0 10 Lookup for Mac: 802.
7 Boot User Mode All commands in this chapter are available in Boot User mode on the S5000. To access this mode, press any key when the following line appears on the console during a system boot: Hit any key to stop autoboot: You enter Boot User mode immediately, as indicated by the BOOT_USER# prompt. NOTE: You cannot use the Tab key to complete commands in this mode. boot change Change the boot parameters in the operating system.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. boot messages enable Enable the NetBSD boot log. By default, the NetBSD log is disabled. S5000 Syntax boot messages enable Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Usage Notes Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Dell recommends that the NetBSD log remain disabled on the S5000. Use the boot messages enable command only if you need to debug S5000 operation.
Example BOOT_USER# boot write net config retries 2 Updated number of Network Boot Config retries to 2. boot zero Clear the primary, secondary, or default boot parameters in the operating system. S5000 Syntax boot zero {primary | secondary | default} Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. default gateway Set the IP address of the default gateway. S5000 Syntax default gateway ip-address Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.
help Display the Help menu. S5000 Syntax help Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example 200 Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. BOOT_USER # help ***** Dell Force10 Boot Interface Help Information ***** Current access level: USER LEVEL Use "syntax help" for more information on syntax.
show the boot loop counter value show boot selection display rom bootstrap bootflash partition show bootflash summary display of boot flash information show bootvar summary display of operating system boot parameters show default-gateway display the default gateway ip address show interface management ethernet display the management port ip address and mask -(93%)-Use to continue, q to stop: show interface management port config show the management port boot characteristics syntax help show syntax infor
Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. interface management port config Set the speed or transmission mode of the management port. S5000 Syntax interface management port config {10m | 100m | 1000m | auto-negotiate | no auto-negotiate | full-duplex | half-duplex} Parameters 10m Set the management port to operate at 10 Mbps. 100m Set the management port to operate at 100 Mbps. 1000m Set the management port to operate at 1000 Mbps.
no interface management ethernet ip address Clear the IP address and mask of the management port. S5000 Syntax no interface management ethernet ip address Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. reload Reload the S5000 switch. S5000 Syntax reload Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. show boot blc Display the current boot-loop counter value.
show boot selection Display the currently selected bootflash partition to be used for a ROM bootstrap operation. S5000 Syntax show boot selection Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. BOOT_USER # show boot selection ROM BOOTSTRAP SELECTOR PARMETERS: ================================ Next ROM bootstrap set to occur from Bootflash partition A. Last ROM bootstrap occurred from Bootflash partition B.
show bootvar Display information about the boot parameters used in the operating system. S5000 Syntax show bootvar Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
show interface management ethernet Display the IP address and mask of the management port. S5000 Syntax show interface management ethernet Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. BOOT_USER # show interface management ethernet Management ethernet IP address: 10.11.210.35/16 show interface management port config Display configuration information about the management port.
8 Access Control Lists (ACL) Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Networking OS.
Command History • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
• Command History CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0) Added the ipv4 and ipv6 parameters to the command. Introduced on the S3048-ON and S4048-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.
Parameters access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
show ip accounting access-list Display the IP access-lists created on the switch and the sequence of filters. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip accounting {access-list access-list-name | cam_count} interface interface [vrf vrf-name] access-list-name Enter the name of the ACL to be displayed. cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL.
show ip accounting access-lists Description “seq 5...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes the filter processes is displayed at the end of the line. “order 4” Displays the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry. Field Example Dell#show ip accounting access-list ! Standard Ingress IP access list test on TenGigabitEthernet 0/88 Total cam count 2 seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 count (0 packets) seq 10 deny 2.1.1.
Standard IP ACL Commands When you create an ACL without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The platform supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny To drop packets with a certain IP address, configure a filter.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Add the DSCP value for ACL matching. 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.1.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. Dell Networking OS supports one ingress and one egress IP ACL per interface.
lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address or hostname. no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults Command Modes Command History StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 4294967290. Step-to-Increment Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 4294967290. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. source Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was received. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
Usage Information Related Commands The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. The following applies: • The seq sequence-number command is applicable only in an ACL group. • The order option works across ACL groups that are applied on an interface via the QoS policy framework. • The order option takes precedence over seq sequence-number. • If you do not configure sequence-number, the rules with the same order value are ordered according to their configuration order.
destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets that the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes that the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only.
fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.8(0.0) Added the no-drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands deny — assigns a filter to deny IP traffic. deny udp — assigns a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp To drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255).
Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (for example, gt, lt or range) may require more than one entry. The range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range. Example An ACL rule with a TCP port range of 4000–8000 uses eight entries in the CAM.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority). If you do not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
permit tcp To pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. Syntax permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [operator port [port]] {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [bit] [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [byte] [order] [fragments] [no-drop] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry.
The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to Port Monitoring. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (for example, gt, lt, or range) may require more than one entry. The range of ports is configured in the CAM based on bit mask boundaries; the space required depends on exactly what ports are included in the range.
dscp Enter the keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. operator (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following logical operand: • eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is 0 to 65535.
Usage Information Version Description 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the “Quality of Service” chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: When you configure ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
Defaults Command Modes Command History access-list-name Enter the name of a configured IP access list, up to 140 characters. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence. The range is from 0 to 4294967290. Step-to-Increment Enter the step to increment the sequence number. The range is from 1 to 4294967290. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
icmp Enter the keyword icmp to configure an ICMP access list filter. ip Enter the keyword ip to configure a generic IP access list. The keyword ip specifies that the access list permits all IP protocols. tcp Enter the keyword tcp to configure a TCP access list filter. udp Enter the keyword udp to configure a UDP access list filter. source Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was received.
NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. no-drop Enter the keywords no-drop to match only the forwarded packets. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. If you configure the sequence-number, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. NOTE: When you configure ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
Version Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface. The following interface types can be used for VLAN , Physical interface, Port channel interface. Enter into the interface mode and apply the mac acl in the following manner.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can assign one ACL (standard or extended) to an interface. Related Commands mac access-list standard — configures a standard MAC ACL.
Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced. show mac accounting access-list Display MAC access list configurations and counters (if configured). Syntax Parameters show mac accounting access-list access-list-name interface interface in | out access-list-name Enter the name of a configured MAC ACL, up to 140 characters.
Usage Information The ACL hit counters increment the counters for each matching rule, not just the first matching rule.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific.
deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. any Enter the keyword any to filter all packets. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
Usage Information When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When you configure the ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets.
mac-destinationaddress-mask Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: • ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format • snap - is the IEEE 802.
NOTE: When you configure the ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands permit — configures a MAC address filter to pass packets. seq — configures a MAC address filter with a specified sequence number. mac access-list extended Name a new or existing extended MAC access control list (extended MAC ACL).
Example Dell(conf)#mac-access-list access-list extended TestMATExt Dell(config-ext-macl)#remark 5 IPv4 Dell(config-ext-macl)#seq 10 permit any any ev2 eq 800 count bytes Dell(config-ext-macl)#remark 15 ARP Dell(config-ext-macl)#seq 20 permit any any ev2 eq 806 count bytes Dell(config-ext-macl)#remark 25 IPv6 Dell(config-ext-macl)#seq 30 permit any any ev2 eq 86dd count bytes Dell(config-ext-macl)#seq 40 permit any any count bytes Dell(config-ext-macl)#exit Dell(conf)#do show mac accounting access-list snic
The MAC ACL supports an inverse mask; therefore, a mask of ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff allows entries that do not match and a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 only allows entries that match exactly. ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: • ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format • snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes.
NOTE: When you configure the ACL logging and byte counters simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands deny — configures a MAC ACL filter to drop packets. seq — configure a MAC ACL filter with a specified sequence number. IP Prefix List Commands When you create an access-list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit.
deny To drop packets meeting the criteria specified, configure a filter. Syntax deny ip-prefix [ge min-prefix-length] [le max-prefix-length] To delete a drop filter, use the no deny ip-prefix command. Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/ 8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
Parameters prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
ip-prefix /nn (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. le max-prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32.
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-nprefixl)#show config ! ip prefix-list snickers Dell(conf-nprefixl)# show ip prefix-list detail Display details of the configured prefix lists.
ip prefix-list PL_OSPF_to_RIP: count: 3, range entries: 1, sequences: 5 - 25 seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 (hit count: 0) seq 10 deny 2.1.0.0/16 ge 23 (hit count: 0) seq 25 permit 192.0.0.0 bitmask 192.0.0.0 (hit count: 800) show ip prefix-list summary Display a summary of the configured prefix lists.
continue To a route-map entry with a higher sequence number, configure a route-map. Syntax continue [sequence-number] Parameters sequence-number (OPTIONAL) Enter the route map sequence number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
If the route-map entry contains sets with the continue clause, set actions are performed first then the continue clause jumps to the specified route map entry. Related Commands • If a set action occurs in the first route map entry and then the same set action occurs with a different value in a subsequent route map entry, the last set of actions overrides the previous set of actions with the same set command.
Parameters as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH ACL, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set community — specifies a COMMUNITY attribute.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address.
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address.
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric.
Related Commands Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. match interface — redistributes routes that match the next-hop interface. match ip address — redistributes routes that match an IP address. match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag.
match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag. match origin To match routes based on the value found in the BGP path ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter.
Parameters external [type-1| type-2] Enter the keyword external then either type-1 or type-2 to match only on OSPF Type 1 routes or OSPF Type 2 routes. internal Enter the keyword internal to match only on routes generated within OSPF areas. level-1 Enter the keyword level-1 to match IS-IS Level 1 routes. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to match IS-IS Level 2 routes. local Enter the keyword local to match only on routes generated within the switch. Defaults Not configured.
Parameters tag-value Enter a value as the tag on which to match. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.
Defaults deny (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword deny to set the route map default as deny. sequence-number (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to identify the route map for editing and sequencing with other route maps. You are prompted for a sequence number if there are multiple instances of the route map. The range is from 1 to 65535. Not configured. If you do not define a keyword (permit or deny) for the route map, the permit action is the default.
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
Related Commands Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric — specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type — specify the metric type assigned to redistributed routes. set tag — specify the tag assigned to redistributed routes.
Usage Information The community list used in the set comm-list delete command must be configured so that each filter contains only one community. For example, the filter deny 100:12 is acceptable, but the filter deny 120:13 140:33 results in an error. If the set comm-list delete command and the set community command are configured in the same route map sequence, the deletion command (set comm-list delete) is processed before the insertion command (set community).
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type — specifies the metric type assigned to redistributed routes.
Usage Information The set local-preference command changes the LOCAL_PREF attribute for routes meeting the route map criteria. To change the LOCAL_PREF for all routes, use the bgp default localpreference command. Related Commands bgp default local-preference — changes the default LOCAL_PREF attribute for all routes. set metric To assign a new metric to redistributed routes, configure a filter. Syntax set metric [+ | -] metric-value To delete a setting, enter no set metric.
set metric-type To assign a new route type for routes redistributed to OSPF, configure a filter. Syntax set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2} To delete a setting, use the no set metric-type command. Parameters internal Enter the keyword internal to assign the Interior Gateway Protocol metric of the next hop as the route’s BGP MULTI_EXIT_DES (MED) value. external Enter the keyword external to assign the IS-IS external metric.
To delete the setting, use the no set next-hop ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
Related Commands Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. set automatic-tag — computes the tag value of the route. set level — specifies the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric — specifies the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type — specifies the route type assigned to redistributed routes. set weight To add a non-RFC compliant attribute to the BGP route to assist with route selection, configure a filter.
show config Display the current route map configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To apply the AS-PATH ACL to BGP routes, use the match as-path or neighbor filter-list commands. Example Dell(conf)#ip as-path access-list TestPath Dell(config-as-path)# Related Commands match as-path — matches on routes contain a specific AS-PATH.
To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters comm-list-name Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 8.3.19.
Example Version Description pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip community-lists ip community-list ABC permit local-AS deny no-advertise permit no-export Dell# deny (for Standard IP ACLs) To drop packets with a certain IP address, configure a filter.
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
seq (for Standard IPv4 ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IP access list while creating the filter. Syntax seq sequence-number {deny | permit} {source [mask] | any | host ipaddress}} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To delete a filter, use the no seq sequence-number command. Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). Related Commands deny — Configures a filter to drop packets. permit — Configures a filter to forward packets. deny tcp (for Extended IP ACLs) Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
[byte]] [order] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny ether-type protocol-type-number {destination-mac-address mac-address-mask | any} vlan vlan-id {source-mac-address mac-addressmask | any} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). deny (for Standard MAC ACLs) To drop packets with a the MAC address specified, configure a filter.
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The threshold range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
permit arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure a filter that forwards ARP packets meeting this criteria. This command is supported only on 12-port GE line cards with SFP optics; refer to your line card documentation for specifications.
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
Usage Information Version Description 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled.
• Parameters Defaults Use the no permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit tcp — assigns a permit filter for TCP packets. permit (for Extended IP ACLs) To pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, standard and extended IPv6 ACLs, and standard and extended MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
permit tcp (for Extended IP ACLs) To pass TCP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. 9.3.0.0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. You can enter a threshold in the range of 1-100. Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. You can enter an interval in the range of 1-10 minutes.
seq (for IP ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter.
forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets. seq (for IPv6 ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit the filter in an IPv6 access list while creating the filter.
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. 9.3.0.0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
permit (for IPv6 ACLs) To configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP.
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering theflow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
Usage Information Version Description 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version Description 9.7(0.
Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number • Use the no deny icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
deny (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter that drops IPv6 packets that match the filter criteria.
You can activate flow-based monitoring for a monitoring session by entering the flow-based enable command in the Monitor Session mode. When you enable this capability, traffic with particular flows that are traversing through the ingress and egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface.
9 Access Control List (ACL) VLAN Groups and Content Addressable Memory (CAM) This chapter describes the access control list (ACL) virtual local area network (VLAN) group and content addressable memory (CAM) enhancements. member vlan Add VLAN members to an ACL VLAN group. Syntax member vlan {VLAN-range} Parameters VLAN-range Enter the member VLANs using comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, a single VLAN ID, or a combination.
Parameters group-name Enter the name of the ACL VLAN group where you want the egress IP ACLs applied, up to 140 characters. out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic. implicit-permit Enter the keyword implicit-permit to change the default action of the ACL from implicit-deny to implicit-permit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped).
Vlan Members Test 1-100 - test - The following sample output is displayed when using the show acl-vlan-group group-name option. NOTE: The access list name is truncated. Dell#show acl-vlan-group TestGroupSeventeenTwenty Group Name Egress IP Acl Ingress IP Acl Acl Vlan Members Test test 1-100 Ingress IPV6 The following sample output shows the line-by-line style display when using the show acl-vlan-group detail option.
Example Field Description VlanOpenFlow Number of FP blocks for VLAN open flow operations. VlanIscsi Number of FP blocks for VLAN internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) counters. VlanHp Number of FP blocks for VLAN high performance processes. VlanFcoe Number of FP blocks for VLAN Fiber Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) operations. VlanAclOpt Number of FP blocks for ACL VLAN optimzation feature.
feature is enhanced. A total of four VACP groups are present, of which two are for fixed groups and the other two are for dynamic groups. Out of the total of two dynamic groups, you can allocate zero, one, or two flow processor (FP) blocks to iSCSI Counters, OpenFlow and ACL Optimization. You can configure only two of these features at a point in time. show cam-usage View the amount of CAM space available, used, and remaining in each partition (including IPv4Flow and Layer 2 ACL sub-partitions).
Example 1: Output of Dell#show cam-usage | Total CAM | Used CAM |Available the show cam-usage Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition CAM Command ========|========|=================|=============|=============| ============== 1 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1008 | 320 | 688 | | IN-L2 FIB | 32768 | 1132 | 31636 | | IN-L3 ACL | 12288 | 2 | 12286 | | IN-L3 FIB | 262141 | 14 | 262127 | | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | 45 | 2833 | | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | 0 | 1024 | | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | 9215 | | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | 8192 | | IN
16384 11 8189 196606 2878 1024 9215 8192 1024 Example 4: Output of the show camusage switch Command | 1 | IN-L3 ACL | 8192 | 3 | | | IN-L3 FIB | 196607 | 1 | | | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | 0 | | | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | 0 | | | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | 0 | | | IN-L3-Qos | 8192 | 0 | | | IN-L3-PBR | 1024 | 0 | | | OUT-L3 ACL | 16384 | 0 | 16384 Dell#show cam-usage switch Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | Used CAM |Available CAM ========|====
Examples The following sample output shows the line-by-line style display when using the show running-config acl-vlan-group option. Note that no group or access list names are truncated Dell#show running-config acl-vlan-group ! acl-vlan-group Test member vlan 1-100 ip access-group test in Dell#show running-config acl-vlan-group ! acl-vlan-group Test member vlan 1-100 ip access-group test in Test acl-vlan-group Create an ACL VLAN group.
show acl-vlan-group detail Display all the ACL VLAN Groups or display a specific ACL VLAN Group by name. To display the names in their entirety, the output displays in a line-by-line format. Syntax show acl-vlan-group detail Parameters detail Display information in a line-by-line format to display the names in their entirety. Without the detail option, the output is displayed in a table style and information may be truncated.
Usage Information Enter a description for each ACL VLAN group that you create for effective and streamlined administrative and logging purposes.
10 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection.
ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced BFD for VRRP and OSPFv3 on Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.0.0 Introduced BFD for BGP on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
Re-enable BFD using the no bfd disable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(0.2) Introduced on S4810. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.2.1.
bfd enable (Interface) Enable BFD on an interface. Syntax bfd enable Defaults BFD is enabled on all interfaces when you enable BFD from CONFIGURATION mode. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.
• Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is Active. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.
Related Commands Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for VLAN and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series. show bfd neighbors — displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. bfd protocol-liveness Enable the BFD protocol liveness feature. Syntax bfd protocol-liveness Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
To disable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes, use the no ip route bfd [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command. Parameters interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 100.
Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface. interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 100. min_rx milliseconds Enter the keywords min_rx to specify the minimum rate at which the local system receives control packets from the remote system. The range is from 50 to 100. The default is 100.
To remove all BFD sessions with IS-IS neighbors discovered on this interface, use the no isis bfd allneighbors [disable | [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}]] command. Parameters disable (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword disable to disable BFD on this interface. interval milliseconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords interval to specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval. The range is from 50 to 1000. The default is 100.
neighbor bfd Explicitly enable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. Syntax Parameters neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
neighbor bfd disable Explicitly disable a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} bfd disable Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. S5000 Syntax Parameters show bfd neighbors interface [detail] interface detail Defaults Command Modes Command History Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
LocalAddr * 10.1.3.2 Example (Detail) RemoteAddr 10.1.3.1 Interface State Rx-int Tx-int Mult Clients Te 1/3 Up 300 250 3 C Dell#show bfd neighbors detail Session Discriminator: 1 Neighbor Discriminator: 1 Local Addr: 10.1.3.2 Local MAC Addr: 00:01:e8:02:15:0e Remote Addr: 10.1.3.
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added support for VLAN and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show bfd neighbors — displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface.
11 Border Gateway Protocol BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables.
ipv4 vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable VRF mode. NOTE: Use this attribute to start a BGP instance corresponding to either a specific address family in a default VRF or an IPv4 address family in a nondefault VRF. ipv6 unicast Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to enable BGPv6 mode. vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to install the IPv6 route in that VRF.
as-set (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword as-set to generate path attribute information and include it in the aggregate. AS_SET includes AS_PATH and community information from the routes included in the aggregated route. Defaults attribute-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords attribute-map then the name of a configured route map to modify attributes of the aggregate, excluding AS_PATH and NEXT_HOP attributes.
In the show ip bgp command, aggregates contain an ‘a’ in the first column and routes suppressed by the aggregate contain an ‘s’ in the first column. When an aggregate address is denied using a peer's outbound route-map, individual routes suppressed by the aggregate address are advertised to that peer.
bgp always-compare-med Allows you to enable comparison of the MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attributes in the paths from different external ASs. Syntax bgp always-compare-med To disable comparison of MED, enter no bgp always-compare-med. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software only compares MEDs from neighbors within the same AS). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the dynamic application of AS notation changes. 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Before enabling this feature, enable the enable bgp four-octet-as-supportcommand.
bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations. Syntax bgp bestpath as-path ignore To return to the default, enter the no bgp bestpath as-path ignore command. Defaults Disabled (that is, the software considers the AS_PATH when choosing a route as best). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The bestpath router bgp configuration mode command changes the default bestpath selection algorithm. The multipath-relax option allows load-sharing across providers with different (but equal-length) autonomous system paths. Without this option, ECMP expects the AS paths to be identical for load-sharing.
bgp bestpath med missing-as-best During path selection, indicate preference to paths with missing MED (MULTI_EXIT_DISC) over paths with an advertised MED attribute. Syntax bgp bestpath med missing-as-best To return to the default selection, use the no bgp bestpath med missing-as-best command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced Configuring this option retains the current best-path. When sessions are then reset, the oldest received path is chosen as the best-path.
bgp cluster-id Assign a cluster ID to a BGP cluster with more than one route reflector. Syntax bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} To delete a cluster ID, use the no bgp cluster-id {ip-address | number} command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
bgp confederation identifier Configure an identifier for a BGP confederation. Syntax bgp confederation identifier as-number To delete a BGP confederation identifier, use the no bgp confederation identifier as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp confederation peers Specify the autonomous systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. Syntax bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number] To return to the default, use the no bgp confederation peers command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). ...
bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp connection-retry-timer Configures the BGP connection retry timer. Syntax bgp connection-retry-timer retry-timer-value To return to the default configuration, enter the no connection-retry-timer retry-timervalue command. Parameters retry-timer-value Enter a value that denotes the time interval after which the session retries the connection. The valid range is from 10 to 65535. Defaults 60 seconds.
suppress (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the suppress value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value. If the Penalty value is greater than the suppress value, the flapping route is no longer advertised (that is, it is suppressed). The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 2000. max-suppress-time (OPTIONAL) Enter the maximum number of minutes a route can be suppressed. The default is four times the half-life value. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 60 minutes.
To return to the default value, use the no bgp default local-preference command. Parameters value Enter a number to assign to routes as the degree of preference for those routes. When routes are compared, the higher the degree of preference or local preference value, the more the route is preferred. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. The default is 100. Defaults 100 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Configuring or un-configuring the command will bring down and bring up the BGP Route Manager, this will result in tear down and re-establishment of all active sessions. Link Bandwidth has to be configured on the router in order to tell it to associate Link Bandwidth with prefixes (paths) and/or to use Link Bandwidth in BGP Multipath route selection.
Usage Information This command is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter. If you disable the enforce-first-as command, it can be viewed using the show ip protocols command.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Routers supporting 4-byte ASNs advertise that function in the OPEN message.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
The bgp log-neighbor-changes command appears in the show config command output. Related Commands show logging — views logging settings and system messages logged to the system. bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems. Syntax bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command. Defaults Disabled (that is, paths/routes for the same destination but from different ASs do not have their MEDs compared).
bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP. Syntax bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
bgp router-id Assign a user-given ID to a BGP router. Syntax bgp router-id ip-address To delete a user-assigned IP address, use the no bgp router-id command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format to reset only that BGP neighbor. Defaults The router ID is the highest IP address of the Loopback interface or, if no Loopback interfaces are configured, the highest IP address of a physical interface on the router.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.1(0.0) Added support for IPv6. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
Related Commands Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced capture bgp-pdu neighbor — enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. show capture bgp-pdu neighbor — displays BGP packet capture information for an IPv6 address. capture bgp-pdu neighbor Enable capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet.
clear ip bgp Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. S5000 Syntax clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [* | <1–4294967295> | <0.1–65535.65535> | A.B.C.D {soft {in | out}} | X:X:X:X::X {soft {in | out}} | dampening | flap-statistics | ipv4 | ipv6 | peer-group] Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear all BGP sessions corresponding to that VRF.
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the as-number option. bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop — disables next-hop resolution through other routes learned by the BGP.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. After you enter this command, the software deletes the history routes and returns the suppressed routes to the Active state.
• . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element.
clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. S5000 Syntax clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] peer-group peer-group-name [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] [soft {in | out}] Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to reset the peer group corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF.
debug ip bgp Display all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates. S5000 Syntax debug ip bgp [ vrf vrf-name | A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] [in | out] To disable all BGP debugging, use the no debug ip bgp command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to debug BGP information corresponding to that VRF.
Usage Information 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view information on both incoming and outgoing routes, do not include the in and out parameters in the debugging command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. b Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp notifications Allows you to view information about BGP notifications received from neighbors. S5000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To remove all configured debug commands for BGP, enter the no debug ip bgp command. debug ip bgp peer-group updates View information about BGP peer-group updates.
debug ip bgp soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debug. S5000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group-name] softreconfiguration To disable, use the debug ip bgp [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group-name] softreconfiguration command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable soft-reconfiguration debugging on that VRF. A.B.C.D (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv4 address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates. S5000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-groupname] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [A.B.C.D | X:X:X:X::X | peer-group peer-group-name] updates [in | out | prefix-list prefix-list-name] command.
default-metric Allows you to change the metric of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the BGP protocol (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.
distance bgp Define an administrative distance for routes. Syntax distance bgp external-distance internal-distance local-distance To return to default values, use the no distance bgp command. Parameters Defaults external-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a neighbor external to the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 20. internal-distance Enter a number to assign to routes learned from a router within the AS. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 200.
maximum-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. S5000 Syntax maximum-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, enter the no maximum-paths command. Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes. number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths.
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. activate Enter the keyword activate to enable the neighbor/peer group in the new AFI/ SAFI. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
path-count Enter the number paths supported. The range is from 2 to 64. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGP-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting.
neighbor allowas-in Set the number of times an AS number can occur in the AS path. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in number To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} allowas-in command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group.
To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} defaultoriginate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the default route of all routers in that peer group. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured.
neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group). Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} description text To delete a description, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} description command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. text Enter a continuous text string up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the distribute list filter to all routers in the peer group. prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ttl (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the Time to Live (ttl) value. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 255. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.
Related Commands show ip bgp neighbors – displays information on the BGP neighbors. neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
neighbor graceful-restart Enable graceful restart on a BGP neighbor. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} graceful-restart [restart-time seconds] [stale-path-time seconds] [role receiver-only] To return to the default, enter the no bgp graceful-restart command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to apply the filter to all routers in the peer group.
To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} local-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. as-number Enter the AS number to reset all neighbors belonging to that AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte) or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format).
To return to the default values, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} maximum-prefix maximum command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value.
neighbor next-hop-self Allows you to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. (This command is used for IBGP). Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
To disable dmzlink-dw for the peer group, use the no neighbor ip-address dmzlink-dw command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the router to be included in the peer group. peer-group-name Enter the name of a configured peer group. dmzlink-bw Enter the keyword dmzlink-bw to attach a link bandwidth to received routes.
This command automatically restarts the neighbor session for the configuration to take effect. Related Commands clear ip bgp — resets BGP sessions. neighbor peer-group (creating group) — creates a peer group. show ip bgp peer-group — views BGP peers. show ip bgp neighbors — views BGP neighbors configurations. neighbor peer-group (creating group) Allows you to create a peer group and assign it a name.
neighbor peer-group passive Enable passive peering on a BGP peer group, that is, the peer group does not send an OPEN message, but responds to one. Syntax neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive [ sessions] To delete a passive peer-group, use the no neighbor peer-group-name peer-group passive command. Parameters peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured.
neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group.
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} removeprivate-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers. Defaults Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed).
neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} To remove the route map, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} routemap map-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. map-name Enter the name of an established route map.
neighbor route-reflector-client Configure the router as a route reflector and the specified neighbors as members of the cluster. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-reflector-client To remove one or more neighbors from a cluster, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} route-reflector-client command. If you delete all members of a cluster, you also delete the route-reflector configuration on the router.
neighbor send-community Send a COMMUNITY attribute to a BGP neighbor or peer group. A COMMUNITY attribute indicates that all routes with that attribute belong to the same community grouping. S5000 Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} send-community [extended | standard] To disable sending a COMMUNITY attribute, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} send-community command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the peer router in dotted decimal format.
neighbor sender-side-loopdetect Enables sender-side loop detection for BGP. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} sender-side-loopdetect To disable sender-side loop detection, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} sender-side-loopdetect command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to enable or disable all routers with in the peer group.
To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname}no shutdown command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Enabled (that is, BGP neighbors and peer groups are disabled.) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters subnet-number Enter a subnet number in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) as the allowable range of addresses included in the Peer group. To allow all addresses, enter 0.0.0.0/0. mask Enter a prefix mask in / prefix-length format (/x). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Loopback interfaces are up constantly and the BGP session may need one interface constantly up to stabilize the session.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. In the Dell Networking OS best path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred. NOTE: In the Dell Networking OS best-path selection process, the path with the highest weight value is preferred.
If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, / 24). The mask appears in command outputs in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands deny bandwidth – link band width extended-community attribute as the matching criteria to deny incoming or outgoing traffic.. redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. S5000 Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution {connected | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can use the redistribute command to advertise the IGP cost as the MED on redistributed routes.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. At least one interface must be in Layer 3 mode for the router bgp command to be accepted.
show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv4 address on the system. Syntax Parameters show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP address to display packet information for that address. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
[. . .] Dell# show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Command Modes Command History ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix format) of the BGP network address. longer-prefixes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix.
The show ip bgp command displays the dmzlink-dw details only if dmzlink-bw is enabled using the bgp dmzlink-dw command. Example Dell#show ip bgp BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete *> *> Network 55.0.0.0/24 66.
NOTE: Enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. • { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified.
Refcount Metric Path 1 0 200 i 1 0 200 i show ip bgp cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. S5000 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] cluster-list [cluster-id] Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view cluster information of BGP neighbors corresponding to that VRF.
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes.
Usage Information Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. The show ip bgp community command without any parameters lists BGP routes with at least one BGP community attribute and the output is the same as for the show ip bgp command output.
show ip bgp community-list View routes that a specific community list affects. S5000 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] community-list community-list-name [exact-match] Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF.
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
Command Modes Command History ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network d 55.0.0.0/24 From 172.16.0.2 Reuse Path 00:36:23 200 Dell# show ip bgp detail Display BGP internal information for the IPv4 Unicast address family. Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] detail Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
NdOrgNHP 0 : NdModPathP 0x419efcc0 : NdModASPAP 0x41a4c000 : NdModCommP 0x41a4c800 NdModOptP 0x41a4d000 : NdModNHP : NdComSortBufP 0x41a19110 : NdComSortHdP 0x41a19d04 : NdUpdAFMsk 0 : AFRstSet 0x41a1a298 : NHopDfrdHdP 0x41a1a3e0 : NumNhDfrd 0 : CfgHdrAFMsk 1 AFChkNetTmrP 0x41ee705c : AFRtDamp 0 : AlwysCmpMed 0 : LocrHld 10 : LocrRem 10 : softReconfig 0x41a1a58c DefMet 0 : AutoSumm 1 : NhopsP 0x41a0d100 : Starts 0 : Stops 0 : Opens 0 Closes 0 : Fails 0 : Fatals 0 : ConnExps 0 : HldExps 0 : KeepExps 0 RxOpen
show ip bgp extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list [list name] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information on all routes with extended community attributes corresponding to that VRF.
ip extcommunity-list ecl1 permit rt 100:4 permit soo 40:4 Dell#show ip bgp extcommunity-list ecl1 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Metric *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 *> 77.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp filter-list hello command shown in the following example.
show ip bgp flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. S5000 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] flap-statistics [ip-address [mask]] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regular-expression] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view flap statistics on BGP routes corresponding to that VRF.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
show ip bgp inconsistent-as View routes with inconsistent originating autonomous system (AS) numbers; that is, prefixes that are announced from the same neighbor AS but with a different AS-Path. Syntax show ip bgp [ipv4 unicast] inconsistent-as Parameters Command Modes Command History ipv4 unicast • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. This guide is platform-specific.
* 3.0.0.0/8 * * *> *> 3.18.135.0/24 * * * *> 4.0.0.0/8 * * * * 6.0.0.0/20 * *> * * 9.2.0.0/16 * --More-- 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.34 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.33 63.114.8.60 63.114.8.
ipv4 multicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to view information related only to ipv4 multicast routes. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv4 unicast routes. ipv6 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to view information related only to ipv6 unicast routes.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added the detail option. Output now displays the default MED value. 7.2.1.0 Added the received and denied route options. 6.3.10 The output is changed to display the total number of advertised prefixes. After a peer reset, the contents of the notification log messages is displayed in hex values for debugging.
Example The Lines Beginning with: Description For address family: Displays the IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP table version Displays which version of the primary BGP routing table the router and the neighbor are using. accepted prefixes Displays the number of network prefixes the router accepts and the amount of memory used to process those prefixes.
Connections established 1; dropped 0 Last reset never Local host: 172.16.0.1, Local port: 58145 Foreign host: 172.16.0.2, Foreign port: 179 Dell# Related Commands show ip bgp — views the current BGP routing table. show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (using learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths.
Example Field Description Time Elapsed Displays the time elapsed since the next hop was learned. If the route is down, this field displays time elapsed since the route went down. Dell# show ip bgp next-hop Next-hop Resolved 172.16.0.2 YES Dell# show ip bgp paths as-path View all unique AS-PATHs in the BGP database. Syntax show ip bgp paths as-path Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
0x1ea3c1b4 0x1ea3c304 0x1ea3c10c 0x1ea3c144 0x1ea3c17c 0x1ea3c2cc 0x1ea3c09c 0x1ea3c0d4 0x1ea3c224 0x1ea3c294 0x1ea3c02c Dell# 507 507 763 763 763 763 764 764 1019 1019 1021 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 4 13 33 {92 93} {102 103} 12 32 {72 73} {82 83} 43 23 show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. S5000 Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] paths community • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
Example Field Description Community Displays the community attributes in this BGP path. Dell#show ip bgp paths community Total 2 communities Refcount Community 1 NO-ADVERTISE 1 200:1 1000:1 3000:1 show ip bgp peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. Introduced on S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810. Output on the S4810 shows the ADDPATH parameters. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
show ip bgp regexp Display the subset of the BGP routing tables matching the regular expressions specified. S5000 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] regexp regular-expression [character] Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the subset of BGP routing tables that match the regular expression specified on that VRF.
Usage Information Example Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp regexp command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then non-BGP routes exist in the router’s routing table. Metric Displays the BGP router’s metric, if assigned.
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added the ipv4 multicast and ipv6 unicast parameters. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Field Description BGP community entries Displays the number of BGP COMMUNITY attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them. The show ip bgp community command provides more details on the COMMUNITY attributes. Dampening enabled Displayed only when you enable dampening. Displays the number of paths designated as history, dampened, or penalized. Neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address. AS Displays the AS number of the neighbor.
Down State/Pfx 172.16.0.2 200 00:05:34 2 192.168.10.2 100 00:00:00 (shut) Dell# 10 8 0 0 0 0 22 0 0 0 show running-config bgp To display the current BGP configuration, use this feature. Syntax show running-config bgp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
timers bgp Adjust the BGP Keep Alive and Hold Time timers. Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters keepalive Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between keepalive messages sent to the neighbor routers. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. The range is from 3 to 65535.
Dell Networking OS Version Platform Support 7.8.1.0, MBGP for IPv4 Multicast Only S-Series address family ipv4 multicast (MBGP) This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI). Syntax address family ipv4 multicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv4 multicast command. Parameters ipv4 Enter the keyword ipv4 to specify the address family as IPV4. multicast Enter the keyword multicast to specify multicast as SAFI.
attribute-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords attribute-map followed by the name of a configured route map to modify attributes of the aggregate, excluding AS_PATH and NEXT_HOP attributes. summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes are not advertised.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Address Family (conf-router_bgp_af) Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP support for the E-Series. clear ip bgp ipv4 multicast Reset MBGP sessions. Syntax clear ip bgp ipv4 multicast * ip-address [dampening | flap-statistics] peer-group] Parameters Command Modes Command History * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions.
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp ipv4 multicast flap-statistics network | filter-list list | regexp regexp Network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address to clear flap statistics in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. S5000 Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp dampening command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on dampened routes corresponding to that VRF.
clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. S5000 Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] peer-group peer-group-name [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] [soft {in | out}] vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to reset the peer group corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF.
debug ip bgp updates View information about BGP updates. Syntax debug ip bgp updates [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp updates [in | out] command. Parameters updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 7.8.1.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. CAUTION: Dell Networking recommends not changing the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies.
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
Command History Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. neighbor distribute-list Distribute BGP information using an established prefix list. Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] distribute-list prefix-list-name [in | out] To delete a neighbor distribution list, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] distribute-list prefix-list-name [in | out] command.
neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] filter-list aspath access-list-name [in | out] To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] filter-list aspath access-list-name [in | out] command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the E-Series software sends a message. The range is 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75.
neighbor remove-private-as Remove private AS numbers from the AS-PATH of outgoing updates. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} remove-private-as To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} removeprivate-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers.
Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer.
network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format of the network. mask Enter the mask of the IP address in the slash prefix length format (for example, / 24).
redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax redistribute [connected | static] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution [connected | static] [route-map map-name] command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes.
redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPF routes into BGP. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is 1 to 65535. match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes.
longer-prefixes Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords longer-prefixes to view all routes with a common prefix. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason.
show ip bgp cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, S-Series Syntax show ip bgp ipv4 multicast cluster-list [cluster-id] Parameters Command Modes Command History cluster-id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series.
All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp summary command.
show ip bgp dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). S5000 Syntax show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 {multicast | unicast} | ipv6 unicast] dampened-paths Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF.
Example Field Description From Displays the IP address of the neighbor advertising the dampened route. Reuse Displays the hour:minutes:seconds until the dampened route is available. Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix (/x) format) of the BGP network address. filter-list as-pathname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword filter-list followed by the name of a configured AS-PATH ACL. regexp regularexpression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • .
Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. show ip bgp ipv4 multicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors.
Lines beginning with: Example 486 Description • last read is the time (hours:minutes:seconds) the router read a message from its neighbor • hold time is the number of seconds configured between messages from its neighbor • keepalive interval is the number of seconds between keepalive messages to help ensure that the TCP session is still alive.
ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) Update source set to Loopback 0 For address family: IPv4 Multicast BGP table version 14, neighbor version 14 3 accepted prefixes consume 12 bytes Prefixes accepted 1 (consume 4 bytes), withdrawn 0 by peer Prefixes advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 2; dropped 1 Last reset 00:03:17, due to user reset Notification History 'Connection Reset' Sent : 1 Recv: 0 Local host: 100.10.10.1, Local port: 179 Foreign host: 25.25.25.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced IPv6 MGBP on the E-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added the detail option. neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) – assigns a peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) – creates a peer group. show ip bgp peer-group (multicast) – views information on the BGP peers in a peer group.
Field Description BGP community entries Displays the number of BGP COMMUNITY attributes processed and the amount of memory used to process them. The show ip bgp community command provides more details on the COMMUNITY attributes. Dampening enabled Displayed only when you enable dampening. Displays the number of paths designated as history, dampened, or penalized. Neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address. AS Displays the AS number of the neighbor.
• The range is extended from 4-octet (AA:NN) to 8-octet (Type:Value) to provide enough number communities. • Communities are structured using a new “Type” field (1 or 2-octets), allowing you to provide granular control/filter routing information based on the type of extended communities. deny To reject (deny) from the two types of extended communities, route origin (rt) or site-of-origin (soo), use this feature.
deny regex This feature allows you to specify an extended community to reject (deny) using a regular expression (regex). Syntax deny regex {regex} To remove, use the no deny regex {regex} command. Parameters regex Enter a regular expression. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-ext-community-list) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip extcommunity-list To enter the Extended Community-list mode, use this feature. Syntax ip extcommunity-list word To exit from this mode, use the exit command. Parameters word Enter a community list name (maximum 16 characters).
Parameters extended community list name Enter the name of the extended community list. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTE MAP (config-route-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. deny — configures to delete (deny) rules.
set extcommunity rt To set Route Origin community attributes in Route Map, use this feature. Syntax set extcommunity rt {as4 ASN4:NN [non-trans] | ASN:NNNN [non-trans] | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} [additive] To delete the Route Origin community, use the no set extcommunity command. Parameters as4 ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4:NN (4-byte AS number:2-byte community value).
set extcommunity soo To set extended community site-of-origin in Route Map, use this feature. Syntax set extcommunity soo {as4 ASN4:NN | ASN:NNNN | IPADDR:NN [non-trans]} To delete the site-of-origin community, use the no set extcommunity command. Parameters as4 ASN4:NN Enter the keyword as4 then the 4-octet AS specific extended community number in the format ASN4:NN (4-byte AS number:2-byte community value).
show ip bgp ipv4 extcommunity-list To display the IPv4 routes matching the extended community list name, use this feature. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show ip bgp [ipv4 [multicast | unicast] | ipv6 unicast] extcommunity-list name multicast Enter the keyword multicast to display the multicast route information. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to display the unicast route information.
Extended Communities : RT:1111:4278080 SoO:35:4 SoO:36:50529043 SoO:37:50529044 SoO:38:50529045 SoO:0.0.0.2:33 SoO:506.62106:34 0x0303:254:11223* Dell# show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip extcommunity-list [word] word • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show running-config extcommunity-list test ip extcommunity-list test permit rt 65033:200 deny soo 101.11.11.
12 Bare Metal Provisioning (BMP) Bare metal provisioning (BMP) is supported on the Dell Networking OS platform. In a data center network, BMP automates the configuration and updating of switches, ensuring standard configurations across the installed devices. You can configure autoconfiguration on a single switch or on multiple switches. BMP allows you to set up a stack with a minimum of effort, but is also useful for quick configuration of a single switch.
config-scrdownload {enable} (Optional.) Configure whether the configuration file must be downloaded from the DHCP/file servers (enable). config-download {disable} (Optional.) Configure if the downloaded file will not be downloaded from the DHCP/file servers. dhcp-timeout minutes (Optional) Configure the DHCP timeout (in minutes) after which the BMP reload stops. The range is from 0 to 50. If a range of 0 is entered, the timeout is 0 (no limit). The default is disabled.
If the switch attempts to contact a DHCP server and one is not found, it enters a loop while reloading in BMP mode. To interrupt the reload and boot up in Normal mode, enter the stop bmp command. The startup configuration is then loaded from the local flash on the switch. To toggle between Normal and BMP Auto Configuration modes, use the reload-type command in BMP 3.0.
Related Commands reload type — Configure the reload mode as Normal or BMP. stop jump-start To prevent an infinite loop, stop the switch from reloading in BMP mode. Syntax stop jumpstart NOTE: This command has been deprecated. It has been replaced by the stop bmp command. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
13 Content Addressable Memory (CAM) Content addressable memory (CAM) commands are supported on the Dell Networking platform. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance. CAM Profile Commands The CAM profiling feature allows you to partition the CAM to best suit your application.
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
nlbclusteracl number Enter the keyword nlbclusteracl and then the number of FP blocks for nlbcluster ACL. The range is from 0 to 2. By default the value is 0 and it supports 8 NLB arp entries reserved for internal functionality. NOTE: When you reconfigure CAM allocation, use the nlbclusteracl number command to change the number of NLB ARP entries. The range is from 0 to 2. The default value is 0. At the default value of 0, eight NLB ARP entries are available for use.
Usage Information Version Description 9.4.(0.0) Added support for PBR and VRF. 9.2(0.2) Added support for fcoe. 9.1.(0.0) Added support for OpenFlow. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.2 Clarified block information for the S4810. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dual-qos. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keywords ecfmacl, vman-qos, and vman-dual-qos. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You must save the new CAM settings to the startup-config (write-mem or copy run start) then reload the system for the new settings to take effect. There are four groups total. You must allocate at least one group for L2ACL and IPv4 ACL.
NOTE: An ACL itself may still require more that a single FP entry, regardless of the number of interfaces. For more information, refer to the “IP Access Control Lists”, “Prefix Lists”, and “Routemap” sections in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. show cam-acl Display the details of the CAM profiles on the chassis and all stack units. Syntax show cam-acl Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
-- stack-unit 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 6 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : 0 nlbclusteracl: 0 -- stack-unit 1 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 6 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced.
Example (S-Series) Term Explanation Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for linecards and port-pipes in the chassis. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM. Available CAM Identifies the amount of CAM space remaining for that profile. Estimated CAM per Port Estimates the amount of CAM space the listed policy will require. Status Indicates whether or not the policy will be allowed in the CAM.
14 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) The CoPP commands are supported on the Dell Networking platform. control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL rules. Create ACL and QoS policies prior to enabling this command. For CoPP, use the keyword cpu-qos when creating qos-policy-input. Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended IP ACL. mac access-list extended — creates an extended MAC ACL. qos-policy-input — creates a QoS input policy map.
ipv6 unknown-unicast Disable soft forwarding of unknown IPv6 destination packets. Syntax [no] ipv6 unknown-unicast Defaults Soft forwarding is enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Q8 Q9 Q10 Q11 300 300 400 2000 300 400 400 400 600 300 300 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 show ip protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured protocol. Syntax show ip protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Dell# Dell# show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Display the queue mapping for each configured IPv6 protocol. Syntax show ipv6 protocol-queue-mapping Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.
15 Data Center Bridging (DCB) Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and the flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces. It is also acts as defaults when the link-level flow control is enabled on one or more interfaces. Enables priority flow control or enhance transmission selection on interface.
description Enter a text description of the DCB policy (PFC input or ETS output). Syntax description text To remove the text description, use the no description command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History text Enter the description of the output policy. The maximum is 32 characters. none • DCB INPUT POLICY • DCB OUTPUT POLICY This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information NOTE: Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9.4.(0.0) release. A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb-map commands in the future. By applying a DCB input policy with PFC enabled, you enable PFC operation on ingress port traffic.
dot1p Value in the Incoming Frame Description heading 0 0 1 0 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 3 show dcb Displays the data center bridging status, the number of PFC-enabled ports, and the number of PFC-enabled queues. Syntax Parameters show dcb [stack-unit unit-number] [port-set port-set-number] unit-number Enter the DCB unit number. port-set-number Enter the port-set number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters port-type slot/ port[] pfc Enter the port-type slot and port PFC information. {summary | detail} Enter the keyword summary for a summary list of results or enter the keyword detail for a full list of results. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Field Description TLV Tx Status Status of the PFC TLV advertisements: enabled or disabled. PFC Link Delay Link delay (in quanta) used to pause specified priority traffic. Application Priority TLV: FCOE TLV Tx Status Status of FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs from the local DCBX port: enabled or disabled. Application Priority TLV: SCSI TLV Tx Status Status of ISCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs from the local DCBX port: enabled or disabled.
Remote ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x8 Dell# show interfaces tengigabitethernet 1/4 pfc detail Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/4 Admin mode is on Admin is enabled Remote is enabled Remote Willing Status is enabled Local is enabled Oper status is recommended PFC DCBX Oper status is Up State Machine Type is Feature TLV Tx Status is enabled PFC Link Delay 45556 pause quanta Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FC
4 5 6 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 show stack-unit stack-ports pfc details Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on stacked ports, including PFC Operational mode on each unit with the configured priorities, link delay, and number of pause packets sent and received. Syntax Parameters show stack-unit {all | stack-unit} stack-ports {all | port-number} pfc details stack-unit Enter the stack unit. port-number Enter the port number.
bandwidth-percentage Configure the bandwidth percentage allocated to priority traffic in port queues. Syntax bandwidth-percentage percentage To remove the configured bandwidth percentage, use the no bandwidth-percentage command. Parameters percentage (Optional) Enter the bandwidth percentage. The percentage range is from 1 to 100% in units of 1%. Defaults none Command Modes QOS-POLICY-OUT-ETS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
clear ets counters Clear all ETS TLV counters on an interface. Syntax Parameters clear ets counters port-type slot/port[] port-type Enter the keywords port-type then the slot/port information. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and the flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces. It is also acts as defaults when the link-level flow control is enabled on one or more interfaces. Enables priority flow control or enhance transmission selection on interface. Related Commands dcb enable — enable priority flow control or enhanced transmission selection on interface.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. By default: • All 802.1p priorities are grouped in priority group 0.
If you enable the scheduler command for a QoS ETS output policy, no bandwidth percentage is assigned to the policy. Related Commands • scheduler — schedules the priority traffic in port queues. • bandwidth-percentage — bandwidth percentage allocated to the priority traffic in port queues. scheduler Configure the method used to schedule priority traffic in port queues. Syntax scheduler value To remove the configured priority schedule, use the no scheduler command.
Parameters port-type slot/ port[] ets Enter the port-type slot and port ETS information. {summary | detail} Enter the keyword summary for a summary list of results or enter the keyword detail for a full list of results. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
6 7 - - Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Error Reco TLV Pkts Dell# show int te 1/3 ets de Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/3 Max Supported TC Groups is 4 Number of Traffic Classes is 8 Admin mode is on Admin Parameters : -----------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwi
Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Remote Parameters: ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13%
7 0% ETS Priority# 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters: ------------------Remote is disabled Bandwidth 13% 13% 13% 13% 12% 12% 12% 12% TSA ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS Bandwidth 100% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% TSA ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# 0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Oper status is init Conf TLV Tx Status is disabled Traff
Version Description 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Example (Summary) Del#show qos priority-groups priority-group ipc priority-list 4 set-pgid 2 show stack-unit stack-ports ets details Displays the ETS configuration applied to egress traffic on stacked ports, including ETS Operational mode on each unit and the configurated priority groups with dot1p priorities, bandwidth allocation, and scheduler type.
Admin Parameters: -------------------Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 - DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements. Syntax advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi To disable DCBX iSCSI TLV advertisements, use the no advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi command.
Parameters {fcoe | iscsi} Enter the application priority TLVs, where: • fcoe: enables the advertisement of FCoE in application priority TLVs. • iscsi: enables the advertisement of iSCSI in application priority TLVs. Defaults Application priority TLVs are enabled to advertise FCoE and iSCSI. Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. You can configure the transmission of more than one TLV type at a time; for example: advertise dcbxtlv ets-conf ets-reco. You can enable ETS recommend TLVs (ets-reco) only if you enable ETS configuration TLVs (etsconf).
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. DCBX requires that you enable LLDP to advertise DCBX TLVs to peers. Configure DCBX operation at the INTERFACE level on a switch or globally on the switch. To verify the DCBX configuration on a port, use the show interface dcbx detail command. dcbx version Configure the DCBX version used on the interface.
debug dcbx Enable DCBX debugging. Syntax debug dcbx {all | auto-detect-timer | config-exchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} To disable DCBX debugging, use the no debug dcbx command. Parameters {all | auto-detecttimer | configexchng | fail | mgmt | resource | sem | tlv} Enter the type of debugging, where: • all: enables all DCBX debugging operations. • auto-detect-timer: enables traces for DCBX auto-detect timers. • config-exchng: enables traces for DCBX configuration exchanges.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
slot/port[] Enter the slot/port number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.0) Down status messages added. 8.3.19.
Example Field Description Local DCBX Status: Sequence Number Sequence number transmitted in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: Acknowledgment Number Acknowledgement number transmitted in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: Protocol State Current operational state of the DCBX protocol: ACK or IN-SYNC. Peer DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs received from the peer device.
----------------DCBX Operational Version is 0 DCBX Max Version Supported is 0 Sequence Number: 2 Acknowledgment Number: 2 Protocol State: In-Sync Peer DCBX Status: ---------------DCBX Operational Version is 0 DCBX Max Version Supported is 255 Sequence Number: 2 Acknowledgment Number: 2 Total DCBX Frames transmitted 27 Total DCBX Frames received 6 Total DCBX Frame errors 0 Total DCBX Frames unrecognized 0 dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (
priority-pgid Assign 802.1p priority traffic to a priority group in a DCB map. Syntax Parameters priority-pgid dot1p0_group-num dot1p1_group-num dot1p2_group-num dot1p3_group-num dot1p4_group-num dot1p5_group-num dot1p6_group-num dot1p7_group-num dot1p0_group-num Enter the priority group number for each 802.1p class of traffic in a DCB map.
pfc mode on Enable the PFC configuration on the port so that the priorities are included in DCBX negotiation with peer PFC devices. Syntax pfc mode on To disable the PFC configuration, use the no pfc mode on command. Defaults PFC mode is on. Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch with the FC Flex IO module.
Defaults None Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S6000 platforms. Use the dcb-map command to configure priority groups with PFC and/or ETS settings and apply them to Ethernet interfaces. Use the priority-pgid command to map 802.1p priorities to a priority group. You can assign each 802.1p priority to only one priority group. A priority group consists of 802.
Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The dcb-map stack-unit all stack-ports all command overwrites any previous DCB maps applied to stack ports. Related Commands dcb-map – creates a DCB map to configure PFC and ETS parameters and applies the PFC and ETS settings on Ethernet ports. show qos dcb-map Display the DCB parameters configured in a specified DCB map.
Example Dell# show qos dcb-map dcbmap2 State :Complete PfcMode:ON -------------------PG:0 TSA:ETS BW:50 PFC:OFF Priorities:0 1 2 4 5 6 7 PG:1 TSA:ETS Priorities:3 BW:50 PFC:ON dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size Configure the maximum amount of shared buffer size for PFC packets in kilobytes. You must configure the shared buffer size to be less than the total PFC buffer size.
dcb-buffer-threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold. This utility is supported on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms. Syntax dcb buffer—threshold profile-name Parameters profile-name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length. Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms.
size Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 9. The default shared threshold weight is 10. Default The default size of the ingress buffer is 45 KB. The default buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer and recommences the sending of packets to the peer is 10 KB. The default threshold weight of the shared buffer space is 10. Command Modes DCB-BUFFER-THRESHOLD mode Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.
no-drop The packets for this queue must not be dropped value Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7 to denote the priority to be allocated to the dynamic buffer control mechanism buffer-size Ingress buffer size size Size of the ingress buffer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. The default is 45 KB. pause-threshold Buffer limit for pause frames to be sent threshold-value Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787.
Dell(conf-qos-policy-buffer)# queue 4 pause no-drop buffer-size 128000 pause-threshold 103360 resume-threshold 83520 dcb-policy buffer-threshold (Interface Configuration) Assign the DCB policy to the DCB buffer threshold profile on interfaces. This setting takes precedence over the global bufferthreshold setting.
Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version Description 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T platforms. Usage Information You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues. By configuring four lossless queues, you can configure four different priorities and assign a particular priority to each application that your network is used to process.
dcb pfc-total-buffer-size Configure the total buffer size for PFC in kilobytes. This utility is supported on the S6000 platform. Syntax Parameters dcb pfc-total—buffer—size KB KB Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. Default The default is 1 KB for S6000 platforms. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. Configure the maximum buffer available for PFC traffic.
Usage Information Example The following table describes the output fields displayed for the show running-config dcb-buffer-threshold Field Description Profile name Name of the DCB buffer threshold profile Priority The priority of the queue for which the buffer space s apply buffer-size Ingress buffer size pause-threshold-value Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer resume-threshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer Dell#show run buffer-threshold ! dcb
dcb pfc-queues Configure the number of PFC queues. This utility is supported on the and platforms. Syntax Parameters dcb pfc-queues value value Enter the number of PFC queues in the range of 0 through 4. The number of ports supported based on lossless queues configured will depend on the buffer. Default The default number of PFC queues in the system is 2 for S4810 and 1 for S6000 platforms. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
• “pfc priority” CLI is mutually exclusive to “no dcb pfc enable” command. • Deprecated CLI “dcb-policy input” and “no dcb pfc enable” cannot coexist at interface level. • Deprecated CLI “dcb-policy output” and “no dcb ets enable” cannot coexist at interface level.
16 Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine. The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic DHCP commands on this platform.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Entering after the clear ip dhcp binding command clears all the IPs from the binding table. debug ip dhcp server Display FTOS debugging messages for DHCP. Syntax debug ip dhcp server [events | packets] Parameters events Enter the keyword events to display the DHCP state changes.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. Syntax dns-server address [address2...address8] Parameters address Enter a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet. You may list up to eight servers, in order of preference. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. excluded-address Prevent the server from leasing an address or range of addresses in the pool. Syntax Parameters excluded-address [address | low-address high-address] address Enter a single address to be excluded from the pool. low-address Enter the lowest address in a range of addresses to be excluded from the pool.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Parameters days Enter the number of days of the lease. The range is from 0 to 31. hours Enter the number of hours of the lease. The range is from 0 to 23. minutes Enter the number of minutes of the lease. The range is from 0 to 59. infinite Specify that the lease never expires. Defaults 24 hours Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. netbios-node-type Specify the NetBIOS node type for a Microsoft DHCP client. Dell Networking recommends specifying clients as hybrid. Syntax netbios-node-type type Parameters type Enter the NETBIOS node type: • Broadcast: Enter the keyword b-node. • Hybrid: Enter the keyword h-node. • Mixed: Enter the keyword m-node. • Peer-to-peer: Enter the keyword p-node.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
show ip dhcp conflict Display the address conflict log. Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp conflict address address Display a particular conflict log entry. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
Commands to Configure Secure DHCP DHCP, as defined by RFC 2131, provides no authentication or security mechanisms. Secure DHCP is a suite of features that protects networks that use dynamic address allocation from spoofing and attacks. arp inspection Enable dynamic arp inspection (DAI) on a VLAN. Syntax arp inspection Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. arp inspection — enables dynamic ARP inspection on a VLAN. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table.
Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2.(0.
Defaults • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. slot/port Enter the slot and port number of the interface. lease time Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IP address are leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Allocate at least one FP block to ipmacacl before you can enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation and SAV with VLAN option. 1. Use the cam-acl l2acl command from CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Save the running-config to the startup-config. 3. Reload the system. ip dhcp relay information-option Enable Option 82.
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description Version 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command on the interfaces where the DHCP clients are connected to forward the packets from clients to DHCP server and vice-versa. Example Dell(conf-if-te-1/12)#ip helper-address vrf jay 10.0.0.2 show ip dhcp snooping Display the contents of the DHCP binding table or display the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard.
Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The following example displays the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard: Dell> show ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation ip sav access-list on TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Total cam count 3 permit host 0.0.0.0 count (0 packets) permit host 10.1.1.252 count (0 packets) permit host 10.1.1.
deny vlan 10 count (0 packets) deny vlan 20 count (0 packets) The following example displays the SAV discard counters on a port channel interface: Dell> show ip dhcp snooping source-address-validation discard-counters interface portchannel 10 deny access-list on Port-channel 10 on stack-unit 0 Total cam count 1 deny vlan 10 count (0 packets) deny access-list on Port-channel 10 on stack-unit 1 Total cam count 1 deny vlan 10 count (0 packets) deny access-list on Port-channel 10 on stack-unit 2 Total cam count
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command to associate name server IP addresses to a specific VRF. Example • Dell(conf)#ip name-server vrf jay 2.2.2.2 • Dell(conf)#ip name-server vrf jay 2.2.2.2 3.3.3.3 4.4.4.4 5.5.5.5 6.6.6.6 7.7.7.7 ip domain-name Configures the default domain corresponding to a specific VRF.
ip domain-list Adds a domain name to the DNS list. This domain name is appended to incomplete host names in DNS requests corresponding to a specific VRF. Syntax ip domain-list [vrf vrf-name] name To remove a domain name from DNS list, use the no ip domain-list [vrf vrf-name] name command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to add a domain name to the DNS list corresponding to that VRF.
ip-address Enter the IP address of the name server in dotted decimal format. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series.
17 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) is supported on the Dell Networking OS. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold. Syntax ecmp-group {ecmp-group-id interface interface | link-bundle-monitor} To remove the selected interface, use the ecmp-group no interface command.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the port-channel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP command mode. hash-algorithm Changes the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across a Port Channel. The ECMP and LAG options are supported on the Z-Series.
hg {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} stack-unit stack-unit-number | port-set port-pipe • xor8: Use CRC16_BISYNC_AND_XOR8 — Upper 8 bits of CRC16-BISYNC and lower 8 bits of xor8 • xor16: Use CR16 — 16 bit XOR Z-Series only: Enter the keyword hg then one of the following options: • crc16: Use CRC16_BISYNC — 16 bit CRC16-bisync polynomial (default) • crc16cc: Use CRC16_CCITT — 16 bit CRC16 using CRC16-CCITT polynomial • crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
hash-algorithm ecmp Change the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP (equal-cost multipath routing) group. Term heading Description heading Syntax hash-algorithm ecmp {crc-upper} | {dest-ip} | {lsb} To return to the default hash algorithm, use the no hash-algorithm ecmp command. Parameters Defaults crc-upper Uses the upper 32 bits of the key for the hash computation. The default is crclower. dest-ip Uses the destination IP for ECMP hashing. The default is enabled.
hash-algorithm seed Select the seed value for the ECMP, LAG, and NH hashing algorithm. Syntax hash-algorithm seed value [stack-unitslot/port] [port-set number] Parameters seed value Enter the keyword seed then the seed value. The range is from 0 to 2,147,483,646. stack–unit slot/port Enter the keyword stack-unit then the slot/port number. The range is from 0 to 11. port-set number Enter the keyword port-set then the port-pipe number. The value is 0.
ip ecmp-group Enable and specify the maximum number of ecmp that the L3 CAM hold for a route, By default, when maximum paths are not configured, the CAM can hold a maximum of 16 ecmp per route. Syntax ip ecmp-group {maximum-paths | {number} {path-fallback} To negate a command, use the no ip ecmp-group maximum-paths {number} command. Parameters maximum-paths Specify the maximum number of ECMP for a route. The range is 2 to 64. path-fallback Use the keywords path-fallback to enable this feature.
If disabled, the CLI would inform the FIB to re-program the destination prefix paths with no weights or regular ECMP.
To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command. Parameters percent Indicate the threshold value when traffic distribution starts being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. The range is from 1 to 90%. The default is 60%. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
show link-bundle distribution Display the link-bundle distribution for the interfaces in the bundle, type of bundle (LAG or ECMP), and the most recently calculated interface utilization (either bytes per second rate or maximum rate) for each interface. Syntax show link-bundle-distribution Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
18 FIPS Cryptography To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the following commands: fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode : Enabled Dell# Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
SSH server version : v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : 3des-cbc,aes128-cbc,aes192-cbc,aes256cbc,aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr. SSH server macs : hmac-sha1-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled. RSA Authentication : disabled. Vty Encryption HMAC Remote IP 0 3des-cbc hmac-sha1-96 10.1.20.48 1 3des-cbc hmac-sha1-96 10.1.20.48 With FIPS Mode disabled: Dell#show ip ssh SSH server : enabled.
• aes128–ctr: Force ssh to use the aes256–cbc encryption cipher. • aes192–ctr: Force ssh to use the aes128–cbc encryption cipher. • aes256–cbc: Force ssh to use the aes256–cbc encryption cipher. -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword —l then the user name used in this SSH session. The default is the user name of the user associated with the terminal. -m HMAC algorithm Enter one of the following HMAC algorithms to use. (For v2 clients only.
show ip ssh clientpub-keys Usage Information Display the client-public keys. Dell Networking OS supports both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface. NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. Example If FIPS mode is not enabled: Dell#ssh 10.10.10.
19 FIP Snooping To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. Syntax Parameters clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface fortyGigEport-type port/slot | interface port-channel port-channel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared. port-type port/slot Enter the port-type and slot number of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. debug fip snooping rx Enable debugging for FIP snooping receive-specific packets.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. Added the receive parameters packettype and interfaces and their options. feature fip-snooping Enable FCoE transit and FIP snooping on a switch. Syntax feature fip-snooping To disable the FCoE transit feature, use the no feature fip-snooping command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping-enabled VLAN is four.
fip-snooping max-sessions-per-enodemac Configure the maximum number of FIP-snooping sessions supported on the switch for an ENode MAC address. S5000 Syntax fip-snooping max-sessions-per-enodemac max-value To remove the configured number of supported sessions, use the no fip-snooping max—sessionsper-enodemac command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information max-value Enter the maximum number of FIP snooping sessions with an ENode that are supported on the switch.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The maximum number of FCFs supported per FIP snooping-enabled VLAN is four. fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted Configure the port for bridge-to-bridge links. Syntax fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted To remove the bridge-to-bridge link configuration from the port, use the no fip-snooping port-mode fcoe-trusted command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Example Field Description ENode MAC MAC address of the ENode. ENode Interface Slot/ port number of the interface connected to the ENode. FCF MAC MAC address of the FCF. VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns.
Example Field Description FKA_ADV_PERIOD Time (in milliseconds) during which FIP keep-alive advertisements transmit. No of ENodes Number of ENodes connected to the FCF. FC-ID Fibre Channel session ID the FCF assigns. Dell# show fip-snooping fcf FCF MAC FCF Interface VLAN FC-MAP FKA_ADV_PERIOD No.
Example Field Description VLAN VLAN ID number the session uses. FCoE MAC MAC address of the FCoE session the FCF assigns. FC-ID Fibre Channel ID the FCF assigns. Port WWPN Worldwide port name of the CNA port. Port WWNN Worldwide node name of the CNA port.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show fip-snooping statistics command shown in the following example. Field Description Number of VLAN Requests Number of FIP-snoop VLAN request frames received on the interface.
Example Field Description Number of CVLs Number of FIP clear virtual link frames received on the interface. Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts Number of FCF discovery timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of VN Port Session Timeouts Number of VN port session timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config Number of session failures due to hardware configuration that occurred on the interface.
Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number Number of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of of FDISC :0 FLOGO :0 Enode Keep Alive :0 VN Port Keep Alive :0 Multicast Discovery Advertisement :4451 Unicast Discovery Advertisement :2 FLOGI Accepts :2 FLOGI Rejects :0 FDISC Accepts :16 FDISC Rejects :0 FLOGO Accepts :0 FLOGO Rejects :0 CVL :0 FCF Discovery Timeouts :0 VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 show fi
show fip-snooping vlan Display information on the FCoE VLANs on which FIP snooping is enabled. Syntax show fip-snooping vlan Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500 and S6000-ON. 8.3.19.
20 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is supported on Dell Networking OS. FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a high-speed token across a ring to verify the link status. All the intelligence is contained in the master node with practically no intelligence required of the transit mode.
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced. Executing this command without the optional ring-id command clears the statistics counters on all the available rings. Dell Networking OS requires a command line confirmation before the command executes.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced. disable Disable the resilient ring protocol. Syntax disable To enable the Resilient Ring Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword primary to configure the primary interface then one of the following interfaces and slot/port information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
member-vlan Specify the member VLAN identification numbers. Syntax member-vlan {vlan-range} To return to the default, use the no member-vlan [vlan-range] command. Parameters vlan-range Enter the member VLANs using VLAN IDs (separated by commas), a range of VLAN IDs (separated by a hyphen), a single VLAN ID, or a combination. For example: VLAN IDs (comma-separated): 3, 4, 6. Range (hyphen-separated): 5-10. Combination: 3, 4, 5-10, 8.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.
Usage Information This command places you into the resilient ring protocol. After executing this command, the command line prompt changes to conf-frrp. show frrp Display the resilient ring protocol configuration. Syntax show frrp [ring-id [summary]] | [summary] Parameters ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255 summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view just a summarized version of the Ring configuration.
• The number of state change counters Example (Summary) Dell#show frrp summary Ring-ID State Mode Ctrl_Vlan Member_Vlans ---------------------------------------------2 UP Master 2 11-20, 25,27-30 31 UP Transit 31 40-41 50 Down Transit 50 32 Dell# Example (1) Dell#show frrp 1 Ring protocol 1 is in Master mode Ring Protocol Interface: Primary : TenGigabitEthernet 1/16 State: Forwarding Secondary: Port-channel 100 State: Blocking Control Vlan: 1 Ring protocol Timers: Hello-Interval 50 msec Dead-Interval 150
NOTE: The configured dead interval must be at least three times the hello interval. Defaults • 500 ms for hello-interval milliseconds • 1500 ms for dead-intervalmilliseconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
21 GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic GVRP commands on the Dell Networking OS. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
clear gvrp statistics Clear GVRP statistics on an interface. S5000 Syntax clear gvrp statistics interface interface Parameters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration. event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/LEAVE events. pdu Enter the keyword pdu then one of the following Interface keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series gvrp enable — enables GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. protocol gvrp — access GVRP protocol.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series disable — globally disables GVRP. gvrp registration Configure the GVRP register type. Syntax gvrp registration {fixed | normal | forbidden} To return to the default, use the gvrp register normal command.
Usage Information Fixed registration prevents an interface, configured using the command line, to belong to a VLAN (static configuration) from being unconfigured when it receives a Leave message. Therefore, Registration mode on that interface is fixed. Normal registration is the default registration. The port’s membership in the VLAN depends on GVRP. The interface becomes a member of a VLAN after learning about the VLAN through GVRP.
show config Display the global GVRP configuration. Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Example Dell#show garp timers GARP Timers Value (milliseconds) ---------------------------------------Join Timer 200 Leave Timer 600 LeaveAll Timer 10000 Dell# Related Commands garp timers — sets the intervals (in milliseconds) for sending GARP messages.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series Usage Information If no ports are GVRP participants, the message output changes from GVRP Participants running on to GVRP Participants running on no ports. Example R3#show gvrp brief GVRP Feature is currently enabled.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.
22 High Availability (HA) High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking operating software is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. The feature is available on Dell Networking OS. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol.
There is no need to reload or reboot the system when you insert the patch. The In-Service Modular patch replaces the existing process code. After installation is complete, the system executes the patch code as though it was always there. Related Commands show patch — displays the system patches loaded with the in-service modular hot fix command. process restartable Enable a process to be restarted. Restartability is subject to a maximum restart limit.
redundancy auto-failover-limit Specify an auto-failover limit for RPMs. When a non-recoverable fatal error is detected, an automatic RPM failover occurs. This command does not affect user-initiated (manual) failovers. Syntax redundancy auto-failover-limit [count number [period minutes] | period minutes]] To disable the auto-failover limit control, use the no redundancy auto-failover-limit command.
redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit Prevent the S5000 stack management unit, stack member unit, and standby unit from rebooting if they fail. S5000 Syntax redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit [members | 0-11] To re-enable the automatic reboot of a failed stack unit, use the no redundancy disable-autoreboot stack-unit command. Defaults Disabled (a failed switch automatically reboots). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To provide a hitless or warm upgrade, use this command. A hitless upgrade means that a software upgrade does not require a reboot of the line cards. A warm upgrade means that a software upgrade requires a reset of the line cards. A warm upgrade is possible for major releases and lower, while a hitless upgrade can only support patch releases. redundancy primary Set an RPM as the primary RPM.
To disable a hitless protocol, use the no redundancy protocol {lacp | xstp} command. Parameters lacp Enter the keyword lacp to make LACP hitless. xstp Enter the keyword xstp to invoke hitless STP (all STP modes — MSTP, PVST+, RSTP, and STP). Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. redundancy sfm standby Place the SFM in an offline state. Syntax redundancy sfm standby To place the SFM in an online state, use the no redundancy sfm standby command. Default The SFM is online by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
-- Switch Fabric Modules -Slot Status ----------------------------------------0 active 1 standby Dell(conf)#no redundancy sfm Taking secondary SFM online... ! 10Dell(conf)#do show sfm all Switch Fabric State: up -- Switch Fabric Modules -Slot Status ------------------------------------------0 active 1 active redundancy synchronize Manually synchronize data once between the Master and Stand-by stack units.
show patch Display the system patches loaded with the In-Service Modular Hot Fix command. Syntax show patch Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
Dell#show processes restartable history -------------------------------------------------------Process name Timestamp last crashed --------------------------------------------------------radius [5/23/2001 10:11:47] ---------------------------------------------------------Related Commands process restartable show redundancy Display the current redundancy configuration. Syntax Command Modes Command History show redundancy • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
Field Description • which RPM is the preferred Primary on next boot (the redundancy primary command) • the data sync method configured (the redundancy synchronize command) • the failover type (you cannot change this type; it is software-dependent). Hot Failover means that the running configuration and routing table are applied on secondary RPM.
Failover Count: Last failover timestamp: Last failover Reason: 1 Jul 13 2007 21:25:32 User request -- Last Data Block Sync Record: ------------------------------------------------Line Card Config: succeeded Jul 13 2007 21:28:53 Start-up Config: succeeded Jul 13 2007 21:28:53 SFM Config State: succeeded Jul 13 2007 21:28:53 Runtime Event Log: succeeded Jul 13 2007 21:28:53 Running Config: succeeded Jul 13 2007 21:28:53 Dell# High Availability (HA) 651
23 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) The IGMP commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the Dell Networking OS. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on S-Series and Z–Series. IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. debug ip igmp Enable debugging of IGMP packets.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9000, and Z9500. IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results. This command displays packets for IGMP and IGMP snooping. ip igmp access-group To specify access control for packets, use this feature. Syntax ip igmp access-group access-list To remove the feature, use the no ip igmp access-group access-list command.
ip igmp immediate-leave Enable IGMP immediate leave. Syntax ip igmp immediate-leave [group-list prefix-list-name] To disable ip igmp immediate leave, use the no ip igmp immediate-leave command. Parameters group-list prefix-listname Enter the keywords group-list then a string up to 16 characters long of the prefix-list-name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp last-member-query-interval command. Parameters milliseconds Enter the number of milliseconds as the interval. For IGMP version 2, the range is from 100 to 25599. For IGMP version 3, the range is from 100 to 65535. The default value is 1000 milliseconds. Defaults 1000 milliseconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Maximum range of the Hello interval value is changed to 18000. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF and Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Expanded to support the detail option. E-Series legacy command.
Example (Details) 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 225.0.0.4 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 Dell#show ip igmp group details Interface Vlan 20 Group 232.1.1.5 Uptime 00:11:22 Expires Never Router mode INCLUDE Last reporter 35.0.0.2 Group source list Source address Expires 65.0.0.1 00:01:22 65.0.0.2 00:01:22 65.0.0.3 00:01:22 65.0.0.4 00:01:22 65.0.0.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results.
group Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in the form A.B.C.D to display the list of sources to which this group is mapped. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF.
• A maximum of 1800 groups and 600 VLAN are supported. • IGMP snooping is not supported on a default VLAN interface. • IGMP snooping is not supported over VLAN-Stack-enabled VLAN interfaces (you must disable IGMP snooping on a VLAN interface before configuring VLAN-Stack-related commands). • IGMP snooping does not react to Layer 2 topology changes triggered by spanning tree protocol (STP).
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To enable IGMP snooping, enter this command. When you enable this command from CONFIGURATION mode, IGMP snooping enables on all VLAN interfaces (except the default VLAN). NOTE: Execute the no shutdown command on the VLAN interface for IGMP Snooping to function.
Usage Information Queriers normally send some queries when a leave message is received prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require a fast deletion of a group. When you enable IGMP fast leave processing, the switch removes an interface from the multicast group as soon as it detects an IGMP version 2 leave message on the interface. ip igmp snooping flood This command controls the flooding behavior of unregistered multicast data packets.
ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval The last member query interval is the maximum response time inserted into Group-Specific queries sent in response to Group-Leave messages. S5000 Syntax ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval milliseconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp snooping last-member-query-interval command. Parameters milliseconds Enter the interval in milliseconds. The range is from 100 to 65535. The default is 1000 milliseconds.
ip igmp snooping mrouter Statically configure a VLAN member port as a multicast router interface. S5000 Syntax ip igmp snooping mrouter interface interface To delete a specific multicast router interface, use the no igmp snooping mrouter interface interface command. Parameters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
ip igmp snooping querier Enable IGMP querier processing for the VLAN interface. S5000 Syntax ip igmp snooping querier To disable IGMP querier processing for the VLAN interface, use the no ip igmp snooping querier command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port information: detail Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Member Ports: Te 1/17 Dell# show ip igmp snooping mrouter Display multicast router interfaces. S5000 Syntax show ip igmp snooping mrouter [vlan number] Parameters Command Modes Command History vlan number • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword vlan then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
24 Interfaces The commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Networking operating software on the S5000 platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Basic Interface Commands • Port Channel Commands • Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) • UDP Broadcast Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
• For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. The range is from 1 to 16383. vrrp [[ipv6] vrid] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6. To clear the counters of a specified group, enter a VRID number from 1 to 255. learning-limit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords learning-limit to clear unknown source address (SA) drop counters when MAC learning limit is configured on the interface.
clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. Syntax Parameters clear dampening [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
cx4-cable-length Configure the length of the cable to be connected to the selected CX4 port. S-Series Syntax [no] cx4-cable-length {long | medium | short} Parameters long | medium | short Defaults medium Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Enter the keyword that matches the cable length to be used at the selected port: • short = For 1-meter and 3-meter cable lengths. • medium = For 5-meter cable length. • long = For 10-meter and 15-meter cable lengths.
Related Commands show config – displays the configuration of the selected interface. dampening Configure dampening on an interface. Syntax Parameters dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppress-threshold]] [maxsuppress-time]] half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased. The penalty decreases half after the half-life period expires. The range is from 1 to 30 seconds. The default is 5 seconds.
all static/dynamic Layer 2 and Layer 3 protocols. The penalty is exponentially decayed based on the half-life timer. After the penalty decays below the reuse threshold, the interface enables. The configured parameters are as follows: • suppress-threshold should be greater than reuse-threshold • max-suppress-time should be at least 4 times half-life NOTE: You cannot apply dampening on an interface that is monitoring traffic for other interfaces.
Usage Information Important Points to Remember: • To use special characters as a part of the description string, you must enclose the whole string in double quotes. • Spaces between characters are not preserved after entering this command unless you enclose the entire description in quotation marks (“desc_text”). • Entering a text string after the description command overwrites any previous text string that you previously configured as the description.
Usage Information This command applies to any physical interface with speed set to 10/100. NOTE: Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0, when you use a copper SFP2 module with catalog number GP-SFP2-1T in the S25P model of the S-Series, you can manually set its speed with the speed command. When you set the speed to 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps, you can also execute the duplex command. Related Commands negotiation auto — enables or disables auto-negotiation on an interface.
tx on Enter the keywords tx on to send control frames from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received. tx off Enter the keywords tx off so that flow control frames are not sent from this port to the connected device when a higher rate of traffic is received. Defaults Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
NOTE: If you use the disable rx flow control command, Dell Networking recommends rebooting the system. Example Dell(conf-if-Te-1/1)#show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 no ip address switchport no negotiation auto flowcontrol rx off tx on no shutdown ... Example (Values) This Example shows how Dell Networking OS negotiates the flow control values between two Dell Networking chassis connected back-to-back using 1G copper ports.
interface Configure a physical interface on the switch. Syntax Parameters interface interface range interface range Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a null interface, enter the keyword null then the slot/port information. The Null interface number is 0. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to1. The port range is 0.
Usage Information You cannot delete a physical interface. By default, physical interfaces are disabled (shutdown) and are not assigned to an IP address or switchport. To place an interface in Layer 2 mode, ensure that the interface’s configuration does not contain an IP address and enter the switchport command. You can create up to 64 tunnel interfaces. The tunnel is added as a logical interface with no default configuration. To delete a tunnel interface, use the no interface tunnel tunnel-id command.
tengigabitethernet 1/1 - 5 ; interface group tengigabitethernet 1/1-5; ; . Command Modes Command History Usage Information • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown).
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null interface is ip unreachables.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a Tunnel interface, enter the keyword Tunnel then a number from 1 to 16383. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example (Multiple Ports) Dell(conf)#interface range tengigabitethernet 2/10 - 23, tengigabitethernet 2/12 - 17 Dell(conf-if-range-te-2/10-23)# Example (Overlapping Ports) Dell(conf)#interface range tengigabitethernet 2/3 - 11, tengigabitethernet 2/3 - 23 Dell(conf-if-range-te-2/3-23)# Usage Information Only VLAN and port-channel interfaces created using the interface vlan and interface portchannel commands can be used in the interface range command.
interface range macro (define) Defines a macro for an interface range and then saves the macro in the running configuration. S5000 Syntax Parameters define interface range macro name interface , interface , ... name Enter up to 16 characters for the macro name. interface, interface,... Enter the keywords interface range and one of the interfaces — slot/port, port-channel, or VLAN number. Select the range of interfaces for bulk configuration. You can enter up to six comma-separated ranges.
Example (Single Range) This example shows how to define an interface range macro named test. Execute the show runningconfig command to display the macro definition.
Example (Single Range) This example shows the macro named test that was defined earlier. Dell(config)#interface range macro test Dell(config-if-range-te-1/1-3,te-5/1-47,te-13/1-89)# Dell Related Commands interface range — configures a range of command (bulk configuration). interface range macro (define) — defines a macro for an interface range (bulk configuration). interface vlan Configure a VLAN. You can configure up to 4094 VLANs.
• MTU If OpenFlow VLANs are configured on the switch, spanning-tree protocols cannot be enabled simultaneously. Example (Single Range) Dell(conf)#int vlan 3 Dell(conf-if-vl-3)# Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface. interface loopback — configures a loopback interface. interface null — configures a null interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel group. show vlan — displays the current VLAN configuration on the switch. shutdown — disables/enables the VLAN.
If the CR4 optic fails to come up, use the autoneg option. Related Commands • Interfaces — configures a physical interface. • interface loopback — configures a loopback interface. • interface null — configures a null interface. • interface port-channel — configures a port channel group. keepalive Send keepalive packets periodically to keep an interface alive when it is not transmitting data. Syntax keepalive To stop sending keepalive packets, use the no keepalive command. Defaults Enabled.
negotiation auto Enable auto-negotiation on an interface. Syntax negotiation auto To disable auto-negotiation, use the no negotiation auto command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
• Auto-neg Error — typically indicates that both ends of the node are configured with forced-master or forced-slave. CAUTION: Ensure that one end of your node is configured as forced-master and one is configured as forced-slave. If both are configured the same (that is, forced-master or forced-slave), the show interfaces command flaps between an auto-neg-error and forced-master/slave states. You can display master/slave settings with the show interfaces command.
• Up at 1000 Mb/s • Up at 100 Mb/s • Up at 100 Mb/s • Down • Down * You cannot disable auto-negotiation when the speed is set to 1000/10000/auto. monitor interface Monitor counters on a single interface or all interfaces on a line card. The screen is refreshed every five seconds and the CLI prompt disappears. Syntax monitor interface [interface] To disable monitoring and return to the CLI prompt, press the q key.
Usage Information Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. In the Example, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh. The following are the monitor command menu options. Example (Single Interface) Key Description systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system.
Output underruns: Output throttles: m l T q Example (All Interfaces) - 0 0 Change mode Page up Increase refresh interval Quit 0 pps 0 pps 0 0 c - Clear screen a - Page down t - Decrease refresh interval systest-3 Monitor time: 00:01:31 Refresh Intvl.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
Layer 2 Overhead Link MTU and IP MTU Delta Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes portmode hybrid To accept both tagged and untagged frames, set a physical port or port-channel. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. Syntax portmode hybrid To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command.
• True — port is tagged • False — port is untagged • Hybrid — port accepts both tagged and untagged frames The following describes the interface vlan command shown in the following example. This example shows unconfiguration of the hybrid port using the no portmode hybrid command. NOTE: Remove all other configurations on the port before you can remove the hybrid configuration from the port.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
Example Version Description pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-fo-1/4)#show config ! interface fortyGigE 1/4 no ip address mtu 12000 switchport no shutdown Dell(conf-if-fo-1/4)# show config (from INTERFACE RANGE mode) Display the bulk configured interfaces (interface range). Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION INTERFACE (conf-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
no shutdown Dell(conf-if-range-gi-1/1-2)# show interfaces Display information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. S5000 Syntax show interfaces interface Parameters Command Modes Command History 708 Interfaces interface • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383.
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Output expanded to include SFP+ media on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Changed the organization of the display output. 6.3.1.0 Added the Pluggable Media Type field in the E-Series TeraScale output.
Line Description Queuing strategy... States the packet queuing strategy. FIFO means first in first out.
DHCP Client-ID :5cf9ddef4cc2 MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 10000 Mbit, Mode full duplex, Master Auto-mdix enabled, Flowcontrol rx off tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 2d10h17m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 disca
Example (Management Ethernet) Dell#show interfaces managementethernet 0/0 Example (Management Ethernet, two IPv6 addresses) Dell#show interfaces managementethernet 0/0 ManagementEthernet 0/0 is up, line protocol is up Hardware is Force10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:0b:a9:4c Current address is 00:01:e8:0b:a9:4c Pluggable media not present Interface index is 503595208 Internet address is 10.11.201.
Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Example (OpenFlow instance) Dell#show interfaces vlan 6 Vlan 6 is down, line protocol is down Address is 00:01:e8:8a:e1:8c, Current address is 00:01:e8:8a:e1:8c Interface index is 1107525638 of-instance: 2 Internet address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:05:12 Queueing
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.4.1.0 Changed the organization of the display output.
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display the current summary of dampening data, including the number of interfaces configured and the number of interfaces suppressed, if any.
show interfaces phy Display auto-negotiation and link partner information. Syntax show interfaces gigabitethernet slot/port phy Parameters Command Modes Command History tengigabitethernet • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot or port information. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
negotiation. E-Series line cards support both full-duplex and half-duplex 1000BaseT. Phy Specific Control Phy Specific Status Values are: • 0 - Manual MDI • 1 - Manual MDIX • 2 - N/A • 3 - Auto MDI/MDIX Displays PHY-specific status information.
Related Commands show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface. show interfaces description Display the descriptions configured on the interface.
Usage Information Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show interfaces description command shown in the Example below. Field Description Interface Displays the type of interface and associated slot and port number.
Parameters Command Modes Command History unit-number • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the stack member number. The range is from 0 to 11 for the S4810. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
show interfaces status To display status information on a specific interface only, display a summary of interface information or specify a stack-unit slot and interface. S5000S5000 Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show interfaces [interface status interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Te 1/5 DellPort Te 1/6 Te 1/7 Te 1/8 Te 1/9 Te 1/10 Te 1/11 Te 1/12 Te 1/13 Te 1/14 Te 1/15 Te 1/16 Dell# Related Commands Up Down Down Up Down Down Down Down Down Down Down Down 1000 Mbit Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto 1000 Mbit Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto Auto 30-130 --1502,1504,1506-1508,1602 -------- show interfaces — displays information on a specific physical interface or virtual interface.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Support added for hybrid port/native VLAN, introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
show interfaces transceiver Display the physical status and operational status of an installed transceiver. The output also displays the transceiver’s serial number. S5000 Syntax show interfaces [tengigabitethernet slot/port | fortyGigE slot/port] transceiver Parameters Command Modes Command History tengigabitethernet For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Line Description Bias High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. TX Power High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power High Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Voltage Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
Line Description below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the TX bias low alarm/warning flag is set to true. 726 Interfaces Tx Power Present Tx power of the SFP. If this crosses Tx power alarm/warning thresholds, the Tx power high alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/ warning thresholds, the Tx power low alarm/ warning flag is set to true. Rx Power Present receiving (Rx) power of the SFP. This value is either average Rx power or OMA.
Example Line Description Voltage High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Voltage value displayed above. Tx Bias High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Tx bias current value displayed above. Tx Power High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above.
SFP 1 Bias Low Alarm threshold = 1.000mA SFP 1 TX Power Low Alarm threshold = 0.067mW SFP 1 RX Power Low Alarm threshold = 0.010mW =================================== SFP 1 Temp High Warning threshold = 90.000C SFP 1 Voltage High Warning threshold = 3.700V SFP 1 Bias High Warning threshold = 14.000mA SFP 1 TX Power High Warning threshold = 0.631mW SFP 1 RX Power High Warning threshold = 0.794mW SFP 1 Temp Low Warning threshold = -20.000C SFP 1 Voltage Low Warning threshold = 2.
Command Modes Command History LINE (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the VLAN. description Displays the VLAN interface information with description. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series.
Version Description 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced. Example Dell(conf-if-range-te-2/2,fo-2/56)#show range 2/2 - 0 2/56 - 0 Dell(conf-if-range-te-2/2,fo-2/56)# Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface — displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces.
shutdown Disable an interface. Syntax shutdown To activate an interface, use the no shutdown command. Defaults The interface is disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
speed (for 10/100/1000 interfaces) Set the speed for 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. Set both sides of a link to the same speed (10/100/1000) or to auto or the link may not come up. S5000 Syntax speed {10 | 100 | 1000 | auto} To return to the default setting, use the no speed {10 | 100 | 1000} command. Parameters 10 Enter the keyword 10 to set the interface’s speed to 10 Mb/s. NOTE: This interface speed is not supported on the LC-EH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P card.
Usage Information This command is found on the 10/100/1000 Base-T Ethernet interfaces. When you enable auto, the system performs an automatic discovery to determine the optics installed and configure the appropriate speed. When you configure a speed for the 10/100/1000 interface, confirm the negotiation auto command setting. Both sides of the link must have auto-negotiation either enabled or disabled.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is found on the Management interface only. Related Commands interface ManagementEthernet — configures the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM).
The quad port must be in a default configuration before it can be split into 4x10G ports. The 40G port is lost in the config when the port is split, so be sure that the port is also removed from other L2/L3 feature configurations. This command cannot be used if LR4 optics are inserted on the 40G interface.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.1.0 Added support for port-channel interfaces (the port-channel number option). 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Added the backup interface option. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
all • For sFlow collectors, enter the keyword sflow-collector. • For SNMP (traps and MIB responses), enter the keywords snmp . • For SSH, enter the keyword ssh . • For Syslog, enter the keyword syslog. • For TACACS, enter the keyword tacacs. • For Telnet, enter the keyword telnet. • For TFTP, enter the keyword tftp. Configure all applications. Defaults None. Command Modes EIS Mode (conf-mgmt-eis) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.3.(0.0) Added support for the HTTP and ICMP traffic on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. clear management application pkt-cntr Clear management application packet counters for all management application types. Syntax clear management application pkt-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults None. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. show ip management-eis-route Display the management routes used by EIS. S5000 Syntax show ip management-eis-route Defaults None.
Example Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Dell#show management dns : ftp : ntp : radius : sflow-collector : snmp : ssh : syslog : tacacs : telnet : tftp : application pkt-cntr 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure.
Port Channel Commands A Link Aggregation Group (LAG) is a group of links that appear to a MAC client as if they were a single link according to IEEE 802.3ad. In Dell Networking OS, a LAG is referred to as a Port Channel. • For the S-Series and Z9000, the maximum port channel ID is 128 and the maximum members per port channel is 16.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration.
group Group two LAGs in a supergroup (“fate-sharing group” or “failover group”). Syntax group group_number port-channel number port-channel number To remove an existing LAG supergroup, use the no group group_number command. Parameters group_number Enter an integer from 1 to 32 that uniquely identifies this LAG fate-sharing group. port-channel number Enter the keywords port-channel then an existing LAG number. Enter this keyword/variable combination twice, identifying the two paired LAGs.
Parameters channel-number For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface null — configures a null interface. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. shutdown — disables/enables the port channel. minimum-links Configure the minimum number of links in a LAG (Port Channel) that must be in “oper up” status for the LAG to be also in “oper up” status. Syntax Parameters minimum-links number number Enter the number of links in a LAG that must be in “oper up” status. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1.
port-channel failover-group To configure a LAG failover group, access PORT-CHANNEL FAILOVER-GROUP mode. Syntax port-channel failover-group To remove all LAG failover groups, use the no port-channel failover-group command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Modified to display the LAG failover group status. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Example 748 The following describes the show interfaces port-channel command shown in the following example. Field Description Port-Channel 1... Displays the LAG’s status.
Hardware address is 00:01:e8:01:46:fa Port-channel is part of failover-group 1 Internet address is 1.1.120.
Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP matrix. show port-channel-flow Display an egress port in a given port-channel flow.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Because this command calculates based on a Layer 2 hash algorithm, use this command to display flows for switched Layer 2 packets, not for routed packets (use the show ip flow command to display routed packets).
tdr-cable-test Test the condition of copper cables on 10G Base-T modules. S5000 Syntax tdr-cable-test interface Parameters interface Enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information for the 10G Ethernet interface. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7.0.0 Introduced on the S5000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.
UDP Broadcast The user datagram protocol (UDP) broadcast feature is a software-based method to forward low throughput (not to exceed 200 pps) IP/UDP broadcast traffic arriving on a physical or VLAN interface. Important Points to Remember • This feature is available only on the platform. • Routing information protocol (RIP) is not supported with the UDP Broadcast feature.
ip udp-helper udp-port — enables the UDP broadcast feature on an interface. show ip udp-helper — displays the configured UDP helper(s) on all interfaces. ip udp-broadcast-address Configure an IP UDP address for broadcast. Syntax ip udp-broadcast-address address To delete the configuration, use the no ip udp-broadcast-address address command. Parameters address Enter an IP broadcast address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured.
Parameters udp-port-list (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 16 comma-separated UDP port numbers. NOTE: If you do not use this option, all UDP ports are considered by default. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (config-if) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
25 Fabric Services Commands The following commands are supported for Fabric Services operation on the S5000. active-zoneset Activate the zoneset. S5000 Syntax active-zoneset zoneset_name To change to the default zone behavior, use the no active-zoneset zoneset_name command. Parameters Command Modes Command History zoneset_name Enter the zoneset name. FC FABRIC CONFIGURATION Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000.
• 4 records all messages generated for FC operation on the switch. Default: 4. Defaults Command Modes Command History Trace level 4: All FC error messages on the switch are recorded in the FC dump file. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Use this command to specify the level of trace information to be included in the FC trace log. To display the trace log, enter the show file fcmfs:/TRACE_LOG_FC/qstack_trace.log command.
create fc-dump-support Perform a dump of information on S5000 Fibre Channel operation. S5000 Syntax create fc-dump-support Defaults None Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information Use this command to perform a dump of S5000 Fibre Channel operation and store the FC dump file in flash:/CORE_DUMP_DIR. Syslog messages are generated at the start and end of the FC dump file creation.
fc switch-mode fabric-services Change the switch mode from NPIV Gateway (NPG) mode to Fabric-Services mode. S5000 Syntax fc switch-mode fabric-services To change from Fiber Channel Forwarder (FCF) mode to Fabric-Services mode, use the no feature fc command. To change from FCF to NPG mode, use the no feature fc command and then the feature fc command Parameters fabric-services Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.1(1.
fc zone Create a zone. S5000 Syntax fc zone zonename To delete a zone, use the no fc zone zonename command. Parameters Command Modes Command History zonename Enter the zone name. CONFIGURATION Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. Example Dell(conf)# fc zone z1 Dell(conf-fc-zone-z1)# Related Commands show fc zone — displays the configured zone. show fcoe-map — displays the fabric parameters. fc zoneset Create a zoneset.
fcoe-map Create an FCoE map which contains the parameters used to configure the links between server CNAs and a SAN fabric. Apply the FCoE map on a server-facing Ethernet port. S5000 Syntax Parameters fcoe-map map-name map-name Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Maximum: 32 alphanumeric characters. INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. An FCoE map is a template used to map FCoE and FC parameters in a converged fabric.
Defaults The S5000 is not enabled to operate in Fibre Channel mode. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Use this command to configure the S5000 to interoperate with Fibre Channel devices in SAN fabrics. Enter the no feature fc command to disable the Fibre Channel command-line interface and free memory resources allocated to Fibre Channel operation.
To remove devices from the zone, use the no member name command Parameters Command Modes name Enter the WWPN, FC-ID, or Alias name. ZONE CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. Example Dell(conf)# fc zone z1 Dell(conf-fc-zone-z1)# member 11:11:11:11:11:11:11:11 Related Commands show fc zone — displays the configured zone. show fc zoneset — displays the configured and active zoneset. member — zoneset Add zones into a zoneset.
Parameters Command Modes Command History Example ZoneAliasName • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.0) Enter the zone alias name to display the details. Introduced on the S5000. Dell#show fc alias Zone Alias Name 0x030303 al1 Dell# Related Commands fc alias — creates a zone alias name. show fc fabric Display information of all the switches in the fabric. S5000 Syntax show fc fabric Parameters None Command Modes Command History Example EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.
show fc lsdb Display link state database information on the switch. S5000 Syntax show fc lsdb Parameters None Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000.
show fc ns Display the devices in the name server database. S5000 Syntax show fc ns { switch | fabric } [brief] Parameters Command Modes Command History Example switch Enter the keyword switch to display all the devices in the name server database of the switch. fabric Enter the keyword fabric to display all the devices in the name server database of the fabric. brief Enter the keyword brief to display in brief devices in the name server database. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.
Registered for SCN Switch Name Domain Id Switch Port Port Id Port Name Node Name Class of Service IP Address Symbolic Port Name Symbolic Node Name Port Type Registered with NameServer Registered for SCN Switch Name Domain Id Switch Port Port Id Port Name Node Name Class of Service IP Address Symbolic Port Name Symbolic Node Name Port Type Registered with NameServer Registered for SCN Dell# Dell#show fc ns Total number of Intf# Domain 9 2 00:00:00:88 11 2 00:00:00:77 Dell# No 10:00:5c:f9:dd:ef:0a:80 2 11 02
============================================================= Te 0/18 5c:f9:dd:ef:1e:03 Fc 0/11 Te 0/19 5c:f9:dd:ef:1e:04 Fc 0/11 ============================================================= Dell# show fc switch Display the switch configuration for Fibre Channel capability. S5000 Syntax show fc switch Parameters None Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
show fc topology Display topology information of the local port and the connected port. S5000 Syntax show fc topology Parameters None Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000.
• 2: FC warning messages are recorded. • 3: FC informational messages are recorded. • 4: All messages generated for FC operation on the switch are recorded. To set the FC trace level, use the change fc-trace-level command. Example Dell#show fc-trace-level FC Trace Level = 4 (All) Dell# Related Commands change fc-trace-level— changes the FC trace level used to record FC information in the trace log. show fc zone Display the configured zone.
show fc zoneset Display the configured and active zoneset. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show fc zoneset [ zoneset_name | active | merged ] zoneset_name Enter the zoneset name to display the zoneset name active Enter the keyword active to display the active zonesets. merged Enter the keyword merged to display the merge active zones. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000.
member - alias — adds devices to an alias. member - zone — adds devices to a zone. member - zoneset — adds zones into a zoneset.
26 Fibre Channel Interface Commands The following commands are supported for Fibre Channel operation on the S5000. fabric Configure the SAN fabric to which a Fibre Channel port connects. S5000 Syntax Parameters fabric fcoe-map fcoe-map Enter the name of the FCoE map which contains the FCoE/FC fabric to which the Fibre Channel port connects. Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE FIBRE_CHANNEL Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Parameters Defaults count <1–10> Enter the number of key request to send. The range is from 1 to 10. timeout is 5 count is 4 Command Modes INTERFACE FIBRE_CHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description E9.1.1 Introduced on the S5000.
When a Fibre Channel port is configured to operate as an NPIV proxy gateway: • When you shut down the port (shutdown), all FCoE virtual links associated with the port are removed. • When you bring up the port (no shutdown), the Fibre Channel link with a fabric is brought up, the FC port logs in to the principal switch, and the fabric starts sending FIP multicast advertisements over downstream 10GbE Ethernet ports.
Table 1. Output Fields for the show interfaces fibrechannel Command Field Description Information: Fibrechannel 0/0 is down, FC link is down Administrative state of the. Fibre Channel interface (up/enabled or down/ shutdown) and operational state of the FC link (up or down) Pluggable media present, SFP+ type Pluggable optic is inserted. in the port or not, and the SFP+ optic type Wavelength Wavelength of the inserted. optic SFP+ receive power Power received on SFP+.
Field Description BBCR_RRDYFrameFailures Number of link resets due. to multiple Receiver Ready (R_RDY) frames received during the credit recovery period Class2FramesIn Number of Class 2 frames. received Class2FramesOut Number of Class 2 frames. transmitted Class3FramesIn Number of Class 3 frames. received Class3FramesOut Number of Class 3 frames. transmitted Class3Discards Number of Class 3 frames. dropped DecodeErrors Number of decode errors.
Field TotalTxFrames Description Total number of frames. transmitted RxOfflineSequences Number of offline. sequences received TxOfflineSequences Number of offline. sequences transmitted TotalOfflineSequences Total number of offline. sequences Rate Information: Input bytes/sec, frames/sec, % of line-rate Incoming rate of FC traffic. in bytes per second, frames per second, and percentage of the total line rate Output bytes/sec, frames/sec, % of line-rate Outgoing rate of FC traffic.
speed Set the speed of a Fibre Channel port or configure the port to auto-negotiate its speed with a peer. S5000 Syntax Parameters speed {auto | 2G | 4G | 8G} auto The port autosenses the speed of a peer FC port . 2G Port speed is 2 gigabits per second (Gbps). 4G Port speed is 4 Gbps. 8G Port speed is 8 Gbps. Defaults An FC port autosenses the speed of a peer FC port. Command Modes INTERFACE FIBRE_CHANNEL Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. Example Dell#show system stack-unit 0 port-group portmode PortGroupId Ports Mode(Curr Boot) Mode(Next Boot) 0 0,1 FC FC 1 2,3 FC FC 2 4,5 ETH FC 3 6,7 FC ETH 4 8,9 FC FC 5 10,11 FC FC Dell# Related Commands stack-unit port-group portmode — configures a fibre channel port group to enable passthrough ethernet mode.
27 Enhanced Validation of Interface Ranges This functionality is supported on the platform. You can avoid specifying spaces between the range of interfaces, separated by commas, that you configure by using the interface range command. For example, if you enter a list of interface ranges, such as interface range fo 2/0-1,te 10/0,gi 3/0,fa 0/0, this configuration is considered valid. The comma-separated list is not required to be separated by spaces in between the ranges.
28 Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
esp-authentication esp-encryption • md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication. • sha1 — Use Secure Hash Algorithm 1 (SHA-1) authentication. • null — Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. Enter the keywords esp-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic. • md5 — Use Message Digest 5 (MD5) authentication.
crypto ipsec policy Create a crypto policy used by ipsec. Syntax crypto ipsec policy name seq-num ipsec-manual To delete a crypto policy entry, use the no crypto ipsec policy name seq-num ipsec-manual command. Parameters name Enter the name for the crypto policy set. seq-num Enter the sequence number assigned to the crypto policy entry. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. match Apply an match filter to the crypto policy.
match match match match 4 5 6 7 tcp tcp tcp tcp 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 1.1.1.1 /32 /32 /32 /32 0 1.1.1.2 /32 23 23 1.1.1.2 /32 0 0 1.1.1.2 /32 21 21 1.1.1.2 /32 0 session-key Specify the session keys used in the crypto policy entry. Syntax session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah spi hex-key-string | esp spi encrypt hex-key-string auth hex-key-string To delete the session key information from the crypto policy, use the no session-key {inbound | outbound} {ah | esp} command.
show crypto ipsec transform-set Display the transform set configuration. Syntax Parameters show crypto ipsec transform-set name name Enter the name of the transform set. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.2(0.
Inbound AH SPI : Inbound ESP Auth SPI : Inbound ESP Encry SPI : Inbound AH Key : Inbound ESP Auth Key : Inbound ESP Encry Key : Outbound AH SPI : Outbound ESP Auth SPI : Outbound ESP Encry SPI: Outound AH Key : Outound ESP Auth Key : Outound ESP Encry Key : Match sequence Num Protocol type IP or IPv6 Source address Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num 0 0 0 [0]:: [0]:: [0]:: 0 0 0 [0]:: [0]:: [0]:: : : : : : : : : : : : 2
29 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the platform. arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). S5000 Syntax arp ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF. Use the VRF option after the keyword arp to configure a static arp on that particular VRF.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You cannot use Class D or Class E IP addresses or zero IP address (0.0.0.
Usage Information This timer is an exponential backoff timer. Over the specified period, the time between ARP requests increases. This behavior reduces the potential for the system to slow down while waiting for a multitude of ARP responses. Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp learn-enable Enable ARP learning using gratuitous ARP.
arp max-entries Enables you to configure the maximum number of ARP entries per VRF that are allowed for IPv4.. Syntax arp max-entries [vrf vrf-name] max-number Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the name of a specific VRF for which you want to configure maximum number of ARP entries that IPv4 allows. max-number Enter the maximum number of ARP entries that a VRF RTM can hold. The range is from 0 to 65535. Defaults Not configured.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information Retries are 20 seconds apart. Related Commands show arp retries — displays the configured number of ARP retries. arp timeout Set the time interval for an ARP entry to remain in the ARP cache. Syntax Parameters arp timeout minutes minutes Enter the number of minutes. The range is from 0 to 35790.
clear arp-cache Clear the dynamic ARP entries from a specific interface or optionally delete (no-refresh) ARP entries from the content addressable memory (CAM). S5000 Syntax clear arp-cache [vrf vrf-name | interface | ip ip-address] [no-refresh] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear the ARP cache corresponding to that VRF.
Version Description 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. Syntax Parameters clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear all FIB entries corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You cannot use this attribute to clear routes corresponding to a management VRF. Related Commands ip route — assigns an IP route to the switch. show ip route — views the routing table.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. debug arp View information on ARP transactions. S5000 Syntax debug arp [interface] [count value] To stop debugging ARP transactions, use the no debug arp command.
Usage Information Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option.
Example Dell#debug ip dhcp 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 0, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.0 00:12:21 : %RELAY-I-BOOTREQUEST: Forwarded BOOTREQUEST for 00:60:CF:20:7B: 8C to 14.4.4.2 00:12:26 : %RELAY-I-PACKET: BOOTP REQUEST (Unicast) received at interface 113.3.3.17 BOOTP Request, hops = 0, XID = 0xbf05140f, secs = 5, hwaddr = 00:60:CF:20:7B:8C, giaddr = 0.0.0.
count value • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1. The port range is 0. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
debug ip packet View a log of IP packets sent and received. S5000 Syntax debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip packet [access-group name] [count value] [interface] command. Parameters access-group name Enter the keyword access-group then the access list name (maximum 16 characters) to limit the debug output based on the defined rules in the ACL. count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value.
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Added the count option. The following describes the debug ip packet command in the following example. Field Description s= Lists the source address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) that received the packet. d= Lists the destination address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) through which the packet is being sent out on the network.
to the following example). ARP packets (arp) and Ether-type (ether-type) are also not supported in the access-group option. The entire rule is skipped to compose the filter.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You must be in INTERFACE mode before you add an IP address to an interface. Assign an IP address to an interface prior to entering ROUTER OSPF mode.
ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command. Parameters name Enter a domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ip domain-lookup To address resolution (that is, DNS), enable dynamic host-name. Syntax ip domain-lookup To disable DNS lookup, use the no ip domain-lookup command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
To remove the domain name, use the no ip domain-name command. Parameters name Enter one domain name to be used to complete unqualified names (that is, incomplete domain names that cannot be resolved). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.
Defaults Enabled; the hops field in the DHCP message header is incremented by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.
Usage Information Verison Description 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you enter the no mtu command, Dell Networking OS reduces the ip mtu value to 1536 bytes. To return the IP MTU value to the default, use the no ip mtu command. Starting with Dell Networking OS Release 9.2(0.2), the ip mtu command is not supported to configure the IP MTU value that is used when the IP packet is fragmented.
ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers. The order you enter the addresses determines the order of their use. Syntax ip name-server ipv4-address [ipv4-address2...ipv4-address6] To remove a name server, use the no ip name-server ip-address command. Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address, in dotted decimal format, of the name server to be used. ipv4-address2... ipv4-address6 (OPTIONAL) Enter up five more IPv4 addresses, in dotted decimal format, of name servers to be used.
To disable proxy ARP, use the no ip proxy-arp command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1. The port range is 0. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
Usage Information Version Description 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Using the following example of a static route: ip route 33.33.33.
ip source-route Enable Dell Networking OS to forward IP packets with source route information in the header. Syntax ip source-route To drop packets with source route information, use the no ip route-source command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute traffic based on the following: • ingress-port enable enable — Takes the TCP/UDP source and destination ports into consideration when doing hash computations. (By default, this is enabled.) Enter the keywords to distribute traffic based on the following: • enable — Takes the source port into consideration when doing hash computations. (By default, this is disabled.
forwarding-routeraddress Enter an IP address (dotted decimal format) or an IPv6 address (x:x:x:x::x format) of a forwarding router. managementethern et Enter the keyword managementethernet for the Management interface on the Primary RPM. fortyGigE Enter the keyword fortyGigE to specify a forty Gigbit Ethernet interface. vlan Enter the keyword vlan to specify a vlan interface. tengigabitethernet Enter the keyword tengigabitethernet to specify a ten Gigabit Ethernete interface.
show arp Display the ARP table. S5000 Syntax show arp [interface interface | ip ip-address [mask] | macaddress macaddress [mac-address mask]] [retries] [static | dynamic] [inspection {database | statistics][summary] Parameters interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.8.1.0 Augmented to display local ARP entries learned from private VLANs (PVLANs). 7.6.1.
Internet Internet Example (Private VLAN) 192.2.1.246 1 192.2.1.245 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Te 2/13 Te 2/13 - CP CP NOTE: In this example, Line 1 shows community VLAN 200 (in primary VLAN 10) in a PVLAN. Line 2 shows primary VLAN 10. Dell#show arp Protocol Address Age(min) Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU --------------------------------------------------------------Internet 5.5.5.1 - 00:01:e8:43:96:5e Vl 10 pv 200 Internet 5.5.5.10 - 00:01:e8:44:99:55 Vl 10 Internet 10.1.2.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. arp retries — sets the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. show hosts View the host table and DNS configuration.
Field Description Name/address lookup... States if DNS is enabled on the system. • If DNS is enabled, the Name/Address lookup is domain service. • If DNS is not enabled, the Name/Address lookup is static mapping Name servers are... Lists the name servers, if configured. Host Displays the host name assigned to the IP address.
port-set pipenumber Enter the keyword port-set then the number of the stack unit’s port-pipe. network mask [longer-prefixes [ecmp-group detail]] (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address and mask of a route to CAM entries for that route only. You can one of the following keywords to filter results. ecmp-group {detail | member-info [detail [group-index index-number]]} summary Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • Enter the keyword longer-prefixes to view routes with a common prefix.
Field Example Description • CP = control processor • Gi = Gigabit Ethernet interface • Te = 10–Gigabit Ethernet interface Dell#show ip cam stack-unit 3 po 0 1.1.1.0/24 longer-prefixes Destination EC C VId Mac-Addr Port -------------------------------------------------------------------1.1.1.2/32 0 0 3000 00:05:00:00:00:02 Te 3/44 1.1.1.1/32 0 1 0 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP 1.1.1.
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.
Example (Show command output with Weighted ECMP Enabled) Dell#show ip fib stack-unit 1 Destination Gateway First-Hop Mac-Addr Port -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------0.0.0.0/0 0.0.0.0 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP 1.1.1.0/24 Direct, Lo 0 0.0.0.0 00:00:00:00:00:00 CP 1.1.1.1/32 via 127.0.0.1 127.0.0.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow.
Command Modes Command History • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a stack-unit interface, enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack unit number. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383.
Example Lines Description Proxy ARP... States whether proxy ARP is enabled on the interface. Split horizon... States whether split horizon for RIP is enabled on the interface. Poison Reverse... States whether poison for RIP is enabled on the interface. ICMP redirects... States if ICMP redirects are sent. ICMP unreachables... States if ICMP unreachable messages are sent.
Parameters Command Modes Command History all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all IP addresses assigned to all Management interfaces on the switch. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table listing the number of active and non-active routes and their sources. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view non-active routes also.
connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only routes directly connected to the Management interface. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table listing the number of active and non-active routes and their sources. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to view non-active routes also. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Example Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Regular evaluation optimization enabled/disabled added to display output. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 20.20.20.
protocol (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a routing protocol (bgp, isis, ospf, rip) or the keywords connected or static. NOTE: bgp, isis, ospf, and rip. Command Modes Command History • If you enter bgp, you can include the BGP as-number . • If you enter isis, you can include the ISIS routing-tag. • If you enter ospf, you can include the OSPF process-id. process-id (OPTIONAL) Specify that only OSPF routes with a certain process ID must be displayed.
Field Description • C = connected • S = static • R = RIP • B = BGP • IN = internal BGP • EX = external BGP • LO = Locally Originated • O = OSPF • IA = OSPF inter area • N1 = OSPF NSSA external type 1 • N2 = OSPF NSSA external type 2 • E1 = OSPF external type 1 • E2 = OSPF external type 2 • i = IS-IS • L1 = IS-IS level-1 • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary routes Destination Identifies the route’s
> R 100.10.10.0/24 C 101.10.10.0/24 > R 101.10.10.0/24 Dell# Direct, Te 2/8 Direct, Te 2/9 Direct, Te 2/9 120/0 0/0 120/0 00:08:54 00:09:15 00:09:15 Example (Summary) Dell#show ip route summary Route Source Active Routes Non-active Routes connected 2 0 static 1 0 Total 3 0 Total 3 active route(s) using 612 bytes R1_E600i>show ip route static ? | Pipe through a command R1_E600i>show ip route static Destination Gateway Dist/Metric Last Change ----------- ------- ----------- ----------*S 0.0.0.
> - non-active route, + - summary route Gateway of last resort is not set Destination Gateway Metric Last Change --------------------------- ----------S 1.1.1.0/24 4.4.4.2, via Te 1/4 6.6.6.2, via Te 1/16 C 4.4.4.0/24 Direct, Te 1/4 00:01:32 C 6.6.6.0/24 Direct, Te 1/16 00:01:25 Dist/ 1/0 00:00:01 0/0 0/0 Dell(conf)#do show ip route 1.1.1.0/24 Routing entry for 1.1.1.0/24 Known via "static", distance 1, metric 0 Last update 00:05:01 ago Routing Descriptor Blocks: * 4.4.4.
Example Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip route summary shown in the following example. Column Heading Description Example Route Source Identifies how the route is configured in Dell Networking OS.
cp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cp to view only statistics from the Control Processor. rp1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp1 to view only the statistics from Route Processor 1. rp2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rp2 to view only the statistics from Route Processor 2. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Keyword Definition ... couldn’t fragment Number of packets that could not be fragmented and forwarded. ...encapsulation failed Counts packets which could not be forwarded due to ARP resolution failure. Dell Networking OS sends an arp request prior to forwarding an IP packet. If a reply is not received, Dell Networking OS repeats the request three times. These packets are counted in encapsulation failed. Rcvd: ...short packets The number of bytes in the packet are too small. ...
Sent: 21 requests, 10 replies (0 proxy) Routing Processor1 IP Traffic: show tcp statistics View information on TCP traffic through the switch. Syntax Parameters show tcp statistics {all | cp | rp1 | rp2} all Enter the keyword all to view all TCP information. cp Enter the keyword cp to view only TCP information from the Control Processor. rp1 Enter the keyword rp1 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 1. rp2 Enter the keyword rp2 to view only TCP statistics from Route Processor 2.
Example Field Description 0 partially... Displays the number of partially duplicated packets and bytes received. 7 out-of-order... Displays the number of packets and bytes received out of order. 0 packets with data after window Displays the number of packets and bytes received that exceed the switch’s window size. 0 packets after close Displays the number of packet received after the TCP connection was closed. 0 window probe packets...
24 data packets (7638 bytes) retransmitted 355 ack only packets (41 delayed) 0 window probe packets, 0 window update packets 7 Connections initiated, 8 connections accepted, 15 connections established 14 Connections closed (including 0 dropped, 0 embryonic dropped) 20 Total rxmt timeout, 0 connections dropped in rxmt timeout 0 Keepalive timeout, 0 keepalive probe, 0 Connections dropped in keepalive Dell# Related Commands show ip cam stack-unit — displays the CAM table.
30 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking platform. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, refer to the cam-acl command. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
• l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 13. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
• l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
clear counters ipv6 access-group Erase all counters maintained for the IPv6 access lists. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear counters ipv6 access-group [access-list-name] access-list-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.
Command History Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale Added the monitor option. deny icmp Configure a filter to drop all or specific ICMP messages.
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale Added the monitor option. deny tcp Configure a filter that drops TCP packets that match the filter criteria.
bit Enter a flag or combination of bits: • fin: finish (no more data from the user) • psh: push function • rst: reset the connection • syn: synchronize sequence numbers • urg: urgent field (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. Not configured. Command Modes ACCESS-LIST Usage Information ack: acknowledgement field count Defaults Command History • Version 9.0.2.
deny udp – assigns a filter to deny UDP traffic. deny udp Configure a filter to drop user datagram protocol (UDP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Added the monitor option. The C-Series cannot count both packets and bytes, so when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM.
To delete an IPv6 access-group configuration, use the no ipv6 access-group access-list-name {in} [implicit-permit] [vlan range] command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in | out Enter either the keyword in or out to apply the IPv6 ACL to incoming traffic (ingress) or outgoing traffic (egress).
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 access-list Configure an access list based on IPv6 addresses or protocols.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent.
permit icmp To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. Syntax permit icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [message-type] [count [byte]] | [log] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
• Parameters Use the no permit tcp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command. source address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host from which the packets were sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x).
Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Added the monitor option. Usage Information Most ACL rules require one entry in the CAM. However, rules with TCP and UDP port operators (gt, lt, range) may require more than one entry.
Parameters source address Enter the IPv6 address of the network or host from which the packets were sent in the x:x:x:x::x format followed by the prefix length in the /x format. The range is /0 to /128. The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter.
8 0001111101000000 1111111111111111 8000 8000 1 Total Ports: 4001 Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 takes only one entry in the CAM: Rule# 1 Data Mask From 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 To #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands permit – assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit tcp – assigns a permit filter for TCP packets. remark Enter a description for an IPv6 ACL entry.
description IPV6 Access-list seq 5 permit ipv6 1111::2222/127 host 3333::1111 log count bytes remark 10 Remark for Entry # 10 seq 10 permit icmp host 3333:: any mobile-advertisement log seq 15 deny tcp any any rst seq 20 permit udp any any gt 100 count Dell(config-ipv6-acl)# Related Commands show config – displays the current ACL configuration. resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list.
resequence prefix-list ipv6 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax resequence prefix-list ipv6 {prefix-list-name StartingSeqNum Step-toincrement} Parameters Defaults prefix-list-name Enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, the names are up to 16 characters long. StartingSeqNum Enter the starting sequence number to resequence.
permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this criteria. ipv6-protocolnumber Enter an IPv6 protocol number. The range is 0 to 255. icmp Enter the keyword icmp to configure an Internet Control Message Protocol version 6 filter. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to configure any Internet Protocol version 6 filter. tcp Enter the keyword tcp to configure a Transmission Control protocol filter. udp Enter the keyword udp to configure a User Datagram Protocol filter.
Command History Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale and S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the monitor option. deny – configures a filter to drop packets. permit – configures a filter to forward packets. show cam-acl Show space allocated for IPv6 ACLs.
Ipv4Qos L2Qos L2PT IpMacAcl VmanQos VmanDualQos EcfmAcl FcoeAcl iscsiOptAcl ipv4pbr vrfv4Acl Openflow fedgovacl : : : : : : : : : : : : : 2 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 F3940 -- stack-unit 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 4 Ipv6Acl : 4 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 1 L2PT : 0+F394 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 0 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 0 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : 0 Dell# Example (Manual Profiles) Dell#show cam-acl -- Chassis Cam
show cam-acl-egress Show information on FP groups allocated for egress ACLs. Syntax show cam-acl-egress Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
Command Modes Command History Example ACCESS-LIST Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
Usage Information Example Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Field Description “Ingress IPv6...” Displays the name of the IPv6 ACL, in this Example “AclList1”. “seq 10...” Displays the filter.
seq 10 permit icmp host 3333:: any mobile-advertisement log seq 15 deny tcp any any rst seq 20 permit udp any any gt 100 count Dell# test cam-usage Verify that enough ACL CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created. C9000 Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input input policy name linecard {number | all} policy-map name Enter the name of the policy-map to verify.
Example (C-Series) Term Explanation Status Indicates whether or not the policy is allowed in the CAM Dell#test cam-usage service-policy input LauraMapTest linecard all Linecard|Portpipe|CAM Partition|Available CAM|Estimated CAM per Port|Status -------------------------------------------------------------2| 1| IPv4Flow| 232| 0| Allowed 2| 1| IPv6Flow| 0| 0| Allowed 4| 0| IPv4Flow| 232| 0| Allowed 4| 0| IPv6Flow| 0| 0| Allowed Dell# Dell#test cam-usage service-policy input LauraMapTest linecard 4 port-se
Version 7.4.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. match ipv6 next-hop – redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ipv6 route-source – redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match ipv6 next-hop Configure a filter which matches based on the next-hop IPv6 addresses specified in the IPv6 prefix list.
Parameters prefix-list prefix-listname Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History Related Commands Enter the keywords prefix-list followed by the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to version 7.8.1.0, the names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.
Related Commands show config – views the current configuration. set ipv6 next-hop Configure a filter that specifies IPv6 address as the next hop. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax set ipv6 next-hop ipv6-address To delete the setting, use the no set ipv6 next-hop ipv6-address command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults Not configured.
match ip address v4plist match ipv6 address plist1 match ipv6 next-hop prefix-list plist2 match ipv6 route-source prefix-list plist3 set next-hop 1.1.1.1 set ipv6 next-hop 3333:2222:: show route-map View the current route map configurations. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax show route-map Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
31 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking OS. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. clear ipv6 fib Clear (refresh) all forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a linecard or stack unit.
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. S5000 Syntax clear ipv6 route [vrf vrf-name] {* | ipv6-address prefix-length} Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear the IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF. * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefixlength Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. maximum dynamic-routes-ipv6 Specify the maximum number of dynamic (protocol) IPv6 routes a VRF can have. S5000 Syntax maximum dynamic-routes—ipv6 limit {warn-threshold threshold-value | warningonly} To remove the limit on the maximum number of IPv6 routes used, use the no maximum dynamicroutes-ipv6 command. Parameters limit Maximum number of IPv6 routes allowed in a VRF.
ipv6 address autoconfig Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface. Syntax ipv6 address autoconfig To disable the address autoconfig operation on the management interface, use the no ipv6 address autoconfig command. Default Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE (management interface only) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
To remove the IPv6 address, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} command. Parameters ipv6-address prefixlength Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
ipv6 address eui64 Configure IPv6 EUI64 address configuration on the interface. Syntax ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} eui64 To disable IPv6 EUI64 address autoconfiguration, use the no ipv6 address {ipv6-address prefix-length} eui64 command. Parameters ipv6-address prefixlength Enter the IPv6 prefix in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Parameters pps Enter the maximum number of error packets generated per second. The range is from 1 to 200, where 0 disables the rate-limiting. Default 100 pps Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.
ipv6 host Assign a name and IPv6 address the host-to-IPv6 address mapping table uses. Syntax ipv6 host name ipv6-address To remove an IP host, use the no ipv6 host name {ipv6–address}. Parameters name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
ipv6 nd prefix Specify which IPv6 prefixes are included in Neighbor Advertisements. Syntax ipv6 nd prefix {ipv6-prefix | prefix-length | default} [no-advertise] | [no-autoconfig] [no-rtr-address] [off-link] [lifetime {valid | infinite} {preferred | infinite}] Parameters ipv6-prefix Enter an IPv6 prefix. prefix-length Enter the prefix then the prefix length. The length range is from 0 to 128. default Enter the keyword default to set default parameters for all prefixes.
ipv6 route Establish a static IPv6 route. S5000 Syntax ipv6 route [vrf vrf-name] ipv6-address prefix-length {ipv6-address | interface | interface ipv6-address} [distance] [tag value] [permanent] [weight weight-value] To remove the IPv6 route, use the no ipv6 route [vrf vrf-name]ipv6-address prefixlength {ipv6-address | interface | interface ipv6-address} [distance] [tag value] [permanent] [weight] command.
NOTE: If you disable the interface with an IPv6 address associated with the keyword permanent, the route disappears from the routing table. weight weightvalue Enter the keyword weight followed by a weight value. The range is from 0 to 255. NOTE: Weight for a static route can be added only for the destination address and not for the route pointing to destination a interface. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Dell(conf)#ipv6 route vrf vrf_test 44::/64 33::2 weight 200 Dell(conf)#do show running-config | grep ipv6 route vrf Related Commands show ipv6 route — views the IPv6 configured routes. ipv6 unicast-routing Enable IPv6 Unicast routing. Syntax ipv6 unicast-routing To disable unicast routing, use the no ipv6 unicast-routing command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
show ipv6 cam stack-unit Displays the IPv6 CAM entries for the specified stack-unit. S5000 Syntax show ipv6 cam [vrf vrf-name] stack-unit unit-number port-set {0-1} [summary | index | ipv6 address] Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display IPv6 CAM entries corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: If you do not specify this option, IPv6 CAM entries corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. unit-number Enter the stack unit’s ID number.
Usage Information NOTE: If a route has a mask greater than 64, no output is displayed and no output is displayed for show ipv6 cam stack-unit unit-number port-set {0-1} ipv6-address, but an equivalent /64 entry would be listed in the show ipv6 cam stack-unit unit-number port-set {0-1} output.
ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x/n format to display networks that have more specific prefixes. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
Version Description 9.2.(0.0) Added support for tunnel interface. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Added support for the managementethernet slot/port parameter. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
ND base reachable time is 30000 milliseconds ND retransmit interval is 1000 milliseconds ND hop limit is 64 Dell# Example (Brief) Example (tunnel) Dell#show ipv6 interface brief TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e 2002:1:2::3/96 TenGigabitEthernet 1/12 fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e 100::2/64 ManagementEthernet 1/0 fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e 300::1/64 Dell# [administratively down/down] [up/up] [up/up] Dell#show ipv6 interface tunnel 1 Tunnel 1 is up, line protocol is up IPV6 is enabled Link Local ad
Usage Information Example Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show ipv6 mld-host command shown in the following example. Field Description Valid MLD Packets The total number of packets received and sent from the last time the elapsed time was cleared.
NOTE: If you do not specify this option, routes corresponding to the default VRF are displayed. Defaults Command Modes Command History hostname (OPTIONAL) View information for this IPv6 routes with Host Name. all (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 routes. bgp (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 BGP routes. connected (OPTIONAL) View only the directly connected IPv6 routes. isis (OPTIONAL) View information for all IPv6 IS-IS routes. list (OPTIONAL) View the IPv6 prefix list.
Field Example (S-Series) Description • EX = external BGP • LO = Locally Originated • O = OSPF • IA = OSPF inter-area • N1 = OSPF NSSA external type 1 • N2 = OSPF NSSA external type 2 • E1 = OSPF external type 1 • E2 = OSPF external type 2 • i = IS-IS • L1 = IS-IS level-1 • L2 = IS-IS level-2 • IA = IS-IS inter-area • * = candidate default • > = non-active route • + = summary routes Destination Identifies the route’s destination IPv6 address.
C C S L Dell# Destination Dist/Metric, Gateway, Last Change ----------------------------------------------------100::/64 [0/0] Direct, Te 1/12, 20:00:18 400::/64 [0/0] Direct, Tu 1, 00:09:02 800::/64 [1/0] via 100::1, Te 1/12, 00:00:50 fe80::/10 [0/0] Direct, Nu 0, 20:00:18 Example (Summary) show ipv6 route summary: ====================================== Dell#show ipv6 route summary Route Source Active Routes connected 3 static 1 Total 4 Total 4 active route(s) using 928 bytes Dell# Non-active Routes 0 0
Trust diffserv (IPv4) can co-exist with trust ipv6-diffserv in an Input Policy Map.
32 IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol (IPv6 BGP) IPv6 Border Gateway Protocol (IPv6 BGP) is supported on Dell Networking platforms. This chapter includes the following sections: • IPv6 BGP Commands • IPv6 MBGP Commands IPv6 BGP Commands BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless interdomain routing and the aggregation of routes and AS paths.
summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes are not advertised. suppress-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords suppress-map then the name of a configured route map to identify which more-specific routes in the aggregate are suppressed. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
bgp bestpath med confed Enable MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute comparison on paths learned from BGP confederations. Syntax bgp bestpath med confed To disable MED comparison on BGP confederation paths, use the no bgp bestpath med confed command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The MED is a 4-byte unsigned integer value and the default behavior is to assume a missing MED as 4294967295. This command causes a missing MED to be treated as 0. During path selection, paths with a lower MED are preferred over those with a higher MED.
Parameters ip-address Enter an IP address as the route reflector cluster ID. number Enter a route reflector cluster ID as a number from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
After specifying autonomous systems numbers for the BGP confederation, recycle the peers to update their configuration. Related Commands bgp confederation identifier – configures a confederation ID. bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. Syntax bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map mapname] Parameters half-life (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes after which the Penalty is decreased.
Usage Information If you enter bgp dampening, the default values for half-life, reuse, suppress, and maxsuppress-time are applied. The parameters are position-dependent; therefore, if you configure one parameter, you must configure the parameters in the order they appear in the command. Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths – views the BGP paths. bgp default local-preference Change the default local preference value for routes exchanged between internal BGP peers.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process. Syntax bgp four-octet-as-support To disable fast external fallover, use the no bgp four-octet-as-support command. Defaults Disabled (supports 2-Byte format) Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• peer-group-name of the neighbor peer group restart-time seconds Enter the keywords restart-time then the maximum number of seconds needed to restart and bring up all peers. The range is from 1 to 3600 seconds. The default is 120 seconds. stale-path-time seconds Enter the keywords stale-path-time then the maximum number of seconds to wait before restarting a peer’s stale paths. The default is 360 seconds.
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information The bgp log-neighbor-changes command appears in the show config command output. Related Commands show config – views the current configuration. bgp non-deterministic-med Compare MEDs of paths from different autonomous systems (ASs). Syntax bgp non-deterministic-med To return to the default, use the no bgp non-deterministic-med command.
To disable next-hop resolution, use the no bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.
Usage Information BGP uses regular expressions (regex) to filter route information. In particular, the use of regular expressions to filter routes based on AS-PATHs and communities is quite common. In a large scale configuration, filtering millions of routes based on regular expressions can be quite CPU intensive, as a regular expression evaluation involves generation and evaluation of complex finite state machines.
bgp soft-reconfig-backup Use this command only when route-refresh is not negotiated between peers to avoid having a peer re-send BGP updates. Syntax bgp soft-reconfig-backup To return to the default setting, use the no bgp soft-reconfig-backup command. Defaults Off Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6 ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgpv6_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
show capture bgp-pdu neighbor – configures a route reflector and clients. capture bgp-pdu neighbor – enables capture of an IPv4 BGP neighbor packet. clear ip bgp * (asterisk) Reset all BGP sessions in the specified category. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. Syntax clear ip bgp * [ipv4 multicast soft [in | out] | ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] | soft [in | out]] Parameters * Enter an asterisk ( * ) to reset all BGP sessions.
clear ip bgp as-number Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp as-number [flap-statistics | ipv4 {multicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}} | unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}} | ipv6 unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}| soft [in | out] as-number Enter an autonomous system (AS) number to reset neighbors belonging to that AS.
clear ip bgp ipv6-address Reset BGP sessions specific to an IPv6 address. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection. Syntax clear ip bgp ipv6-address [flap-statistics | ipv4 {multicast {flapstatistics | soft {in | out}} | unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}} | ipv6 unicast {flap-statistics | soft {in | out}| soft [in | out] Parameters ipv6-address Enter an IPv6 address to reset neighbors belonging to that IP.
clear ip bgp peer-group Reset a peer-group’s BGP sessions. Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp peer-group peer-group-name peer-group-name Enter the peer group name to reset the BGP sessions within that peer group. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
Usage Information After you enter this command, the software deletes the history routes and returns the suppressed routes to the active state. clear ip bgp ipv6 flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap.
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft Clear and reapply policies for IPv6 unicast routes without resetting the TCP connection; that is, perform BGP soft reconfiguration. Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp {* | as-number | ipv4-neighbor-addr | ipv6-neighbor-addr | peer-group name} ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] * Clear and reapply policies for all BGP sessions. as-number Clear and reapply policies for all neighbors belonging to the AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 Byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 Byte), or from 0.
debug ip bgp Allows you to view all information on BGP, including BGP events, keepalives, notifications, and updates. Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] [in | out] To disable all BGP debugging, use the no debug ip bgp command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
debug ip bgp events Allows you to view information on local BGP state changes and other BGP events. Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv6-address | peer-group peer-group-name] events [in | out] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv6-address | peer-group peer-groupname] events command. Parameters ipv6-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128.
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only outbound dampened routes. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. This command turns on BGP soft-reconfiguration inbound debugging for IPv6 unicast routes. If no neighbor is specified, debug is turned on for all neighbors. ipv6 prefix-list Configure an IPv6 prefix list. Syntax Parameters ipv6 prefix-list prefix-list name prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list.
Parameters ipv4-address | ipv6address Enter the IP address of the neighbor for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPv6 ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgpv6_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only outbound keepalive messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Entering a no debug ip bgp command removes all configured debug commands for BGP. debug ip bgp updates Allows you to view information about BGP updates.
default-metric Allows you to change the metrics of redistributed routes to locally originated routes. Use this command with the redistribute command. Syntax default-metric number To return to the default setting, use the no default-metric command. Parameters number Enter a number as the metric to be assigned to routes from other protocols. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults 0 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
Version 7.4.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. CAUTION: Dell Force10 recommends that you do not change the administrative distance of internal routes. Changing the administrative distances may cause routing table inconsistencies. The higher the administrative distance assigned to a route means that your confidence in that route is low. Routes assigned an administrative distance of 255 are not installed in the routing table.
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI. Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate To disable, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} activate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Identify a peer group by name.
Defaults peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. seconds Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, between BGP advertisements. The range is from 0 to 600 seconds. The default is 5 seconds for internal BGP peers and 30 seconds for external BGP peers.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. bgp four-octet-as-support – enables 4-Byte support for the BGP process. neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor.
neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group). Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} description text To delete a description, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} description text command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group.
prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. To prevent loops, the neighbor ebgp-multihop command does not install default routes of the multihop peer. Networks not directly connected are not considered valid for best path selection.
neighbor filter-list Configure a BGP filter based on the AS-PATH attribute. Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filter-list as-path-name {in | out} To delete a BGP filter, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} filterlist as-path-name {in | out} command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the software sends a message. The range is from 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75.
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.
Usage Information You can assign up to 64 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Usage Information When a peer group is created, it is disabled (shut mode). Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) – assigns routers to a peer group. neighbor remote-as – assigns a indirectly connected AS to a neighbor or peer group. neighbor shutdown – disables a peer or peer group.
neighbor remote-as Create and specify the remote peer to the BGP neighbor. Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number To delete a remote AS entry, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} remote-as number command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group.
Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers. Defaults Disabled (that is, the private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
out Enter the keyword out to filter outbound routes. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The first time you enter this command it configures the neighbor as a route reflector and members of the route-reflector cluster. Internal BGP (IBGP) speakers do not need to be fully meshed if you configure a route reflector.
neighbor shutdown Disable a BGP neighbor or peer group. Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} shutdown To enable a disabled neighbor or peer group, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peergroup-name} shutdown command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group to disable or enable all routers within the peer group.
Parameters ipv4-address | ipv6address Enter the IP address of the neighbor for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates. peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group for which you want to start storing inbound routing updates. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPv6 ADDRESS FAMILY (conf-router_bgpv6_af) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
Version 7.4.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Timer values configured with the neighbor timers command override the timer values configured with the timers bgp command.
neighbor weight Assign a weight to the neighbor connection, which is used to determine the best path. Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} weight weight To remove a weight value, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} weight weight command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
clear-pass Enter the clear text password. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution {connected | static} command. Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes.
redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routes into BGP. Syntax redistribute isis [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value | metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of IS-IS routes, use the no redistribute isis command. Parameters level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] (OPTIONAL) Enter the type (level) of routes to redistribute. metric (OPTIONAL) Assign metric to an interface for use with IPv6 information.
redistribute ospf Redistribute OSPFv3 routes into BGP. Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [[match external {1 | 2}] [match internal]] [route-map map-name] To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPFv3 process. The range is from 1 to 65535. match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only.
router bgp Enter ROUTER BGP mode to configure and enable BGP. Syntax router bgp as-number To disable BGP, use the no router bgp as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Command Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. capture bgp-pdu neighbor (ipv6) – enables capture of an IPv6 BGP neighbor packet. capture bgp-pdu max-buffer-size – specifies a size for the capture buffer. show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration.
Parameters detail Display a detailed description of the selected IPv6 prefix list. prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. summary Display a summary of RPF routes. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command.
Version 7.4.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. When you enable the bgp non-deterministic-med command, the show ip bgp command output for a BGP route does not list the INACTIVE reason. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list View BGP neighbors in a specific cluster. Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast cluster-list [cluster-id] Paramters Command Modes Command History cluster-id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the cluster id in dotted decimal format.
Command Modes Command History no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers. no-export Enter the keywords no-export to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT. All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths View BGP routes that are dampened (non-active). Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast dampened-paths Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes.
Parameters Command Modes Command History as-path-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the name of an AS-PATH. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
routes | received-routes [network [network-mask]] | denied-routes [network [network-mask]]] Parameters ipv6 unicast Enter the keywords ipv6 unicast to view information only related to IPv6 unicast routes. ipv4-neighbor-addr | ipv6-neighboraddr (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor to view only BGP route information exchanged with that neighbor. advertised-routes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertised-routes to view only the routes the neighbor sent.
Version 6.3.10 Usage Information The output is changed to display the total number of advertised prefixes. The following describes the show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors command shown in the Example below. Lines Beginning With Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one.
Example Lines Beginning With Description Foreign host: Displays the peering address of the neighbor and the TCP port number. Dell#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors BGP neighbor is 5ffe:10::3, remote AS 1, external link BGP version 4, remote router ID 5.5.5.
CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv6 Unicast BGP table version 12, neighbor version 12 2 accepted prefixes consume 32 bytes Prefix advertised 0, rejected 0, withdrawn 0 Connections established 3; dropped 2 Last reset 00:00:41, due to Closed by neighbor Notification History 'OPEN error/Bad AS' Sent : 0 Recv: 1 Local host: 5ffe:11::4, Local port: 179 Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast – views the current BGP routing table.
For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is RR-CLIENT, peer-group internal, Number of peers in this group 1 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 9000::4: Peer-group RR-CLIENT-PASSIV, remote AS 18508 BGP version 4 Minimum time between advertisement runs is 5 seconds For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP neighbor is RR-CLIENT-PASSIV, peer-group internal, Number of peers in this group 1 Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 9000::9:2* Dell# show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary Allows you to vie
9000::9:2 18508 44 9000::a:2 18508 35 9000::b:14 18508 29 Dell# 19 32 29 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 00:16:41 00:16:43 00:13:01 0 0 0 show ip bgp next-hop View all next hops (using learned routes only) with current reachability and flap status. This command only displays one path, even if the next hop is reachable by multiple paths.
Parameters regexp regularexpression Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space). • * = (asterisk) the sequences in a pattern (0 or more sequences). • + = (plus) the sequences in a pattern (1 or more sequences). • ? = (question mark) sequences in a pattern (either 0 or 1 sequences). NOTE: You must enter an escape sequence (CTRL+v) prior to entering the ? regular expression.
Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp paths community • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp regexp Allows you to view the subset of BGP routing table matching the regular expressions specified. Syntax show ip bgp regexp regular-expression [character] Parameters regular-expression [character] Enter a regular expression then use one or a combination of the following characters to match: • . = (period) any single character (including a white space).
timers bgp Allows you to adjust the BGP network timers for all neighbors. Syntax timers bgp keepalive holdtimer To return to the default values, use the no timers bgp command. Parameters Defaults keepalive Enter the time interval (in seconds) between which the system sends keepalive messages. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 60 seconds. holdtimer Enter the time interval (in seconds) that the the system waits since the last keepalive message before declaring a BGP peer dead.
address family This command changes the context to subsequent address family identifier (SAFI). Syntax address family ipv6 unicast To remove SAFI context, use the no address family ipv6 unicast command. Parameters ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to specify the address family as IPv6. unicast Enter the keyword unicast to specify multicast as SAFI. Defaults IPv6 Unicast Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
attribute-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords attribute-map then the name of a configured route map to modify attributes of the aggregate, excluding AS_PATH and NEXT_HOP attributes. summary-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords summary-only to advertise only the aggregate address. Specific routes are not advertised. suppress-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords suppress-map then the name of a configured route map to identify which more-specific routes in the aggregate are suppressed.
reuse (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the reuse value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value. If the Penalty value is less than the reuse value, the flapping route is once again advertised (or no longer suppressed). The range is from 1 to 20000. The default is 750. suppress (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the suppress value, which is compared to the flapping route’s Penalty value.
dampening (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dampening to clear route flap dampening information. flap-statistics (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords flap-statistics to reset the flap statistics on all prefixes from that neighbor. peer-group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords peer-group to clear all members of a peergroup. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
clear ip bgp ipv6 flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes the number of flaps and the time of the last flap. C-Series, E-Series, S4810 Syntax clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast flap-statistics [network | filter-list list | regexp regexp Parameters Command Modes Command History network (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 network address in x:x:x:x::x format to clear flap statistics.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group updates View information about BGP peer-group updates.
Parameters ipv6-address prefixlength Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. updates Enter the keyword updates to view BGP update information. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only BGP updates received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only BGP updates sent to neighbors. Defaults Disabled.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
Usage Information By default, when a neighbor/peer group configuration is created in the Router BGP context, it is enabled for the IPv6/Unicast AFI/SAFI. By using activate in the new context, the neighbor/peer group is enabled for AFI/SAFI. Related Command address family – changes the context to SAFI. neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group.
neighbor default-originate Inject the default route to a BGP peer or neighbor. Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate [route-map mapname] To remove a default route, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} default-originate command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
peer-group-name Enter the name of the peer group. prefix-list-name Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. neighbor maximum-prefix Control the number of network prefixes received.
neighbor next-hop-self Allows you to configure the router as the next hop for a BGP neighbor. Syntax neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self To return to the default setting, use the no neighbor {ipv6-address | peer-group-name} next-hop-self command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. Defaults Disabled.
Command Modes ROUTER BGPV6-ADDRESS FAMILY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer. neighbor route-reflector-client Configure a neighbor as a member of a route reflector cluster.
network Specify the networks for the BGP process and enter them in the BGP routing table. Syntax network ipv6-address [route-map map-name] To remove a network, use the no network ipv6-address [route-map map-name] command. Parameters ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map.
Parameters connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces. static Enter the keyword static to redistribute manually configured routes. These routes are treated as incomplete routes. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map followed by the name of an established route map.
summary Display a summary of RPF routes. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version Description 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast View the current MBGP route table.
Example Field Description Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast BGP table version is 8, local router ID is 5.5.10.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
Usage Information To view the total number of COMMUNITY attributes found, use the show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary command. The text line above the route table states the number of COMMUNITY attributes found. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast community-list View routes that are affected by a specific community list.
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail Display detailed BGP information. Syntax Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast detail • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list View the routes that match the filter lists. Syntax show ip bgp ipv6 unicast filter-list as-path-name Parameters Command Modes Command History as-path-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the name of an AS-PATH. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If the caret is used at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast neighbors Allows you to view the information exchanged by BGP neighbors.
Example Lines Beginning With Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number. The last phrase in the line indicates whether the link between the BGP router and its neighbor is an external or internal one. If they are located in the same AS, then the link is internal; otherwise, the link is external. BGP version Displays the BGP version (always version 4) and the remote router ID.
Hold time is 180, keepalive interval is 60 seconds Received 1404 messages, 0 in queue 3 opens, 1 notifications, 1394 updates 6 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Sent 48 messages, 0 in queue 3 opens, 2 notifications, 0 updates 43 keepalives, 0 route refresh requests Minimum time between advertisement runs is 30 seconds Minimum time before advertisements start is 0 seconds Capabilities received from neighbor for IPv6 Unicast : MULTIPROTO_EXT(1) ROUTE_REFRESH(2) CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) Capabilities adverti
Local host: 5ffe:11::4, Local port: 179 Related Commands show ip bgp ipv6 unicast – views the current BGP routing table. show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group Allows you to view information on the BGP peers in a peer group. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show ip bgp ipv6 unicast peer-group [peer-group-name [summary]] peer-group-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a peer group to view information about that peer group only.
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S4810. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
Field Description If the neighbor is not in Established stage, the current stage is displayed (Idle, Connect, Active, OpenSent, OpenConfirm). When the peer is transitioning between states and clearing the routes received, the phrase (Purging) may appear in this column. If the neighbor is disabled, the phrase (Admin shut) appears in this column. Example Dell#show ip bgp ipv6 unicast summary BGP router identifier 5.5.10.
33 iSCSI Optimization Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on an system. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements. Syntax advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi To disable DCBX iSCSI TLV advertisements, use the no advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi command. Defaults Disabled.
To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. Defaults 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 8.3.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. By default, iSCSI flows are assigned to dot1p priority 4.
iscsi priority-bits Configure the priority bitmap that advertises in the iSCSI application TLVs. Syntax iscsi priority-bits To remove the configured priority bitmap, use the no iscsi priority-bits command. Defaults 4 (0x10 in the bitmap) Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP (only on the global, not on the interface) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
iscsi target port Configure the iSCSI target ports and optionally, the IP addresses on which iSCSI communication is monitored. Syntax iscsi target port [tcp-port-2...tcp-port-16]ip-address [ip-address] To remove the configured iSCSI target ports or IP addresses, use the no iscsi target port command. Parameters tcpport-2...tcpport- 16 Enter the tcp-port number of the iSCSI target ports. The tcp-port-n is the TCP port number or a list of TCP port numbers on which the iSCSI target listens to requests.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
Session 1: --------------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic:0-8a0906-0f60c2002-0360018428d48c94iom011 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000. Usage Information Only sessions the switch observes are learned; sessions flowing through an adjacent switch are not learned. After the switch is reloaded, any information exchanged during the initial handshake is not available.
Session 1 : ---------------------------------------------------Target:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia:ixload:iscsi-TG1 Initiator:iqn.2010-11.com.ixia.ixload:initiator-iscsi-35 Up Time:00:00:01:22(DD:HH:MM:SS) Time for aging out:00:00:09:31(DD:HH:MM:SS) ISID:806978696102 Initiator Initiator Target Target Connection IP Address TCP Port IP Address TCPPort ID 10.10.0.53 33432 10.10.0.101 3260 0 Related Commands • show iscsi — displays the currently configured iSCSI settings.
34 Intermediate System to Intermediate System (ISIS) The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) protocol for IPv4 and IPv6 is supported on the platform. IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default. If a BFD session goes down indicating that IPv4 or IPv6 connectivity to its neighbor is lost, it does not imply that the adjacency is lost altogether. The hello adjacency runs over Layer 2, and does not require IP connectivity.
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. 6.3.1.0 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced You cannot disable leaking from Level 1 to Level 2. Also, you cannot enable leaking from Level 2 to Level 1. However, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all Level 1 routes are leaked. You can find more information in IETF RFC 2966, Domain-wide Prefix Distribution with Two-Level IS-IS.
• isis password — allows you to configure an authentication password for an interface. clear config Clear IS-IS configurations that display under the router isis heading of the show running-config command output. Syntax clear config Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
debug isis Enable debugging for all IS-IS operations. Syntax debug isis To disable debugging of IS-IS, use the no debug isis command. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
• For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis spf-triggers Enable debugging on the events that triggered IS-IS shortest path first (SPF) events for debugging purposes. S5000 Syntax debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis [vrf vrf-name] spf-triggers command.
To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis update-packets [interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable the debugging information on IS-IS. This information contains updates from neighbors tied to the VRF that you specify. This command displays the debugging details of the received LSPs from the neighbors.
route-map mapname Defaults (OPTIONAL) A default route the routing process generates if the route map is satisfied. Not configured. Command Modes Command History • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command Modes Command History Related Commands ROUTER ISIS Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. router isis — Enter ROUTER mode on the switch. distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes.
Usage Information Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced. The administrative distance indicates the trust value of incoming packets. A low administrative distance indicates a high trust rate. A high value indicates a lower trust rate. For example, a weight of 255 is interpreted that the routing information source is not trustworthy and should be ignored. distribute-list in Filter network prefixes received in updates.
Related Commands Version Description 6.3.1.0 Introduced. • distribute-list out — suppresses networks from being advertised in updates. • redistribute — redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates.
Usage Information Related Commands You can assign a name to a routing process so a prefix list IS applied to only the routes derived from the specified routing process. • distribute-list in — filters the networks received in updates. • redistribute — redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. distribute-list redistributed-override Suppress flapping of routes when the same route is redistributed into IS-IS from multiple routers in the network.
encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. password Enter an alphanumeric string up to 16 characters long. If you do not specify an encryption type or hmac-md5 keywords, the password is processed as plain text which provides limited security. Defaults No default password. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Every graceful restart enabled router’s HELLO PDUs includes a restart TLV. This restart enables (re)starting as well as the existing ISIS peers to detect the GR capability of the routers on the connected network.
Version Description 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t1 Set the graceful restart wait time before unacknowledged restart requests are generated. This wait time is the interval before the system sends a restart request (an IIH with RR bit set in Restart TLV) until the CSNP is received from the helping router. Syntax graceful-restart t1 {interval seconds | retry-times value} To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t1 command.
Parameters level-1, level-2 Enter the keywords level-1 or level-2 to identify the database instance type to which the wait interval applies. seconds Enter the gracefule-restart t2 time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 120 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The running router sets the remaining time value to the current adjacency hold time. You can override this setting by implementing this command. Override the default restart-wait time by entering the no graceful-restart restart-wait command.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t3 — configures the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. hello padding Use to turn ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs or to selectively turn padding ON or OFF for LAN or point-topoint hello PDUs. Syntax hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] To return to the default, use the no hello padding [multi-point | point-to-point] command.
hostname dynamic Enables dynamic learning of hostnames from routers in the domain and allows the routers to advertise the hostname in LSPs. Syntax hostname dynamic To disable this command, use the no hostname dynamic command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. IS-IS normally purges LSPs with an incorrect data link checksum causing the LSP source to regenerate the message. A cycle of purging and regenerating LSPs can occur when a network link continues to deliver accurate LSPs even though there is a link causing data corruption. This process could cause disruption to your system operation.
• router isis — enables the IS-IS routing protocol. ipv6 router isis Enable the IPv6 IS-IS routing protocol and specify an IPv6 IS-IS process. Syntax ipv6 router isis [tag] To disable IS-IS routing, use the no router isis [tag] command. Parameters tag (OPTIONAL) This parameter is a unique name for a routing process. A null tag is assumed if the tag option is not specified. The tag name must be unique for all IP router processes for a given router. Defaults Not configured.
isis circuit-type Configure the adjacency type on interfaces. Syntax isis circuit-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no isis circuit-type command. Parameters level-1 You can form a Level 1 adjacency if there is at least one common area address between this system and neighbors. You cannot form Level 2 adjacencies on this interface.
Parameters seconds Interval of transmission time between CSNPs on multi-access networks for the designated intermediate system. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 10. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 1. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 2.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information The holdtime (the product of the hello-multiplier multiplied by the hello-interval) determines how long a neighbor waits for a hello packet before declaring the neighbor is down so routes can be recalculated. Related Commands isis hello-interval — specifies the length of time between hello packets.
To return to the default values, use the no ipv6 isis metric [default-metric] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters default-metric Metric assigned to the link and used to calculate the cost from each other router via the links in the network to other destinations. You can configure this metric for Level 1 or Level 2 routing. The range is from 0 to 16777215. The default is 10.
If metric value is configured to more than 63, system throughs the following warning:Warning: for metrics greater than 63, 'metric-style wide' should be configured on level-1-2, or it will be capped at 63. If the metric style is WIDE, the metric values that are greater than 63 are only effective. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-1 to configure the shortest path first (SPF) calculation for Level 1 (intra-area) routing. This setting is the default.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. isis password Configure an authentication password for an interface. Syntax isis password [hmac-md5] password [level-1 | level-2] To delete a password, use the no isis password [password] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES.
You can assign different passwords for different routing levels by using the keywords level-1 and level-2. The no form of this command disables the password for Level 1 or Level 2 routing, using the respective keywords level-1 or level-2. This password provides limited security as it is processed as plain text. isis priority Set the priority of the designated router you select.
is-type Configure IS-IS operating level for a router. Syntax is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no is-type command. Parameters level-1 Allows a router to act as a Level 1 router. level-1-2 Allows a router to act as both a Level 1 and Level 2 router. This setting is the default. level-2-only Allows a router to act as a Level 2 router. Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. LSP throttling slows down the frequency at which LSPs are generated during network instability.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.5.1.0 Added support for LSP Throttling Enhancement. The link MTU and the LSP MTU size must be the same. Because each device can generate a maximum of 255 LSPs, consider carefully whether you use the lspmtu command. lsp-refresh-interval Set the link state PDU (LSP) refresh interval. LSPs must be refreshed before they expire.
The refresh interval must be less than the LSP lifetime specified with the max-lsp-lifetime command. A low value reduces the amount of time that undetected link state database corruption can persist at the cost of increased link utilization. A higher value reduces the link utilization the flooding of refreshed packets causes. Related Commands max-lsp-lifetime — sets the maximum interval that LSPs persist without being refreshed. max-area-addresses Configure manual area addresses.
Parameters seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsp-refresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 1200. Defaults 1200 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. 6.3.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. If you enter the metric-style wide command, the Dell Networking OS generates and accepts only new-style TLVs. The router uses less memory and other resources rather than generating both old-style and new-style TLVs. The new-style TLVs have wider metric fields than old-style TLVs.
net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start. Syntax net network-entity-title To remove a net, use the no net network-entity-title command. Parameters network-entity-title Specify the area address and system ID for an IS-IS routing process. The first 1 to 13 bytes identify the area address. The next 6 bytes identify the system ID.
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Defaults Command Modes Command History level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into IS-IS as Level 2 routes. This setting is the default. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) If you do not enter the route-map argument, all routes are redistributed. If a map-name value is not specified, no routes are imported. • metric metric-value = 0 • metric-type= internal; level-2 • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific.
redistribute bgp Redistribute routing information from a BGP process. Syntax redistribute bgp AS number [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metricvalue] [metric-type {external| internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute bgp command with the appropriate parameters. Parameters AS number Enter a number that corresponds to the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65355.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information BGP to IS-IS redistribution supports “match” options using route maps. You can set the metric value, level, and metric-type of redistributed routes by the redistribution command. You can “set” more advanced options using route maps.
route-map mapname map-name is an identifier for a configured route map. The route map should filter imported routes from the source routing protocol to the current routing protocol. If you do not specify a map-name, all routes are redistributed. If you specify a keyword, but fail to list route map tags, no routes are imported. Defaults Command Modes Command History Refer to Parameters.
tag (OPTIONAL) This is a unique name for a routing process. A null tag is assumed if the tag option is not specified. The tag name must be unique for all IP router processes for a given router. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
• Command History CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.
Example (RouterIsis) The bold section identifies that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled in Transition mode. Dell(conf-router_isis)#show config ! router isis clns host ISIS 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.00 log-adjacency-changes net 49.0000.0001.F100.E120.0013.
system-id Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Displays the link-state database for system-id. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added supported for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.
Example Field Description ATT This value represents the Attach bit. This value indicates that the router is a Level 1-2 router and can reach other areas. Level 1-only routers and Level 1-2 routers that have lost connection to other Level 1-2 routers use the Attach bit to find the closest Level 1-2 router. They install a default route to the closest Level 1-2 router. P This value represents the P bit. This bit is always set to zero as Dell Networking does not support area partition repair.
Dell#show isis database detail IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num FTOS.00-00 * 0x00000009 NLPID: 0xCC Area Address: 49.0000.0001 LSP Checksum 0x79D8 LSP Holdtime 941 ATT/P/OL 1/0/0 show isis graceful-restart detail Display detailed IS-IS graceful restart related settings.
====================== Current Mode/State T3 Time left T2 Time left Restart ACK rcv count Restart Req rcv count Suppress Adj rcv count Restart CSNP rcv count Database Sync count : : : : : : : : Normal/RUNNING 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 0 (level-1), 0 (level-2) (level-2) (level-2) (level-2) (level-2) (level-2) show isis hostname Display IS-IS host names configured or learned on the switch.
show isis interface Display detailed IS-IS interface status and configuration information. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show isis [vrf vrf-name] interface [interface] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display ISIS interface status information corresponding to that VRF.
LSP Interval: 33 TenGigabitEthernet 1/8 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 38371358, Local circuit ID 2 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.02 Hello Interval: 10, Hello Multiplier: 3, CSNP Interval: 10 Number of active level-1 adjacencies: 1 Level-2 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Use this command to confirm that the neighbor adjacencies are operating correctly. If you suspect that they are not, you can verify the specified area addresses of the routers by using the show isis neighbors command. The following describes the show isis neighbors command shown in the following example.
Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display ISIS routing information corresponding to that VRF. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.
Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display ISIS traffic interface information corresponding to that VRF. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Example Item Description Level-1/Level-2 LSPs PSNPs (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of PSNP LPSs sent and received. Level-1/Level-2 DR Elections Displays the number of times designated router elections ran. Level-1/Level-2 SPF Calculations Displays the number of shortest path first calculations. LSP checksum errors received Displays the number of checksum errors LSPs received. LSP authentication failures Displays the number of LSP authentication failures.
Defaults Command Modes Command History initial_wait_interval seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first SPF calculations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. second_wait_interv al seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the wait interval, in seconds, between the first and second SPF calculations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. Refer to Parameters.
35 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. The LACP commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Networking OS on the platform. NOTE: For static LAG commands, refer to Port Channel Commands in the Interfaces chapter), based on the standards specified in the IEEE 802.
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. lacp long-timeout Configure a long timeout period (30 seconds) for an LACP session. Syntax lacp long-timeout To reset the timeout period to a short timeout (1 second), use the no lacp long-timeout command.
lacp port-priority To influence which ports will be put in Standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating, configure the port priority. Syntax lacp port-priority priority-value To return to the default setting, use the no lacp port-priority priority-value command. Parameters priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. LACP Modes Mode Function active An interface is in an active negotiating state in this mode. LACP runs on any link configured in the active state and also automatically initiates negotiation with other ports by initiating LACP packets. passive An interface is not in an active negotiating state in this mode.
show lacp Display the LACP matrix. S5000 Syntax show lacp port-channel-number [sys-id | counters] Parameters Defaults port-channelnumber Enter a port-channel number. The range is from 1 to 128. sys-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords sys-id and the value that identifies a system. counters (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display the LACP counters. Without a Port Channel specified, the command clears all Port Channel counters.
Dell# Example (Sys-id) Oper: State BCEGIKNP Key 1 Priority 128 Dell#show lacp 1 sys-id Actor System ID: Priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.a12b Partner System ID: Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
36 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • MAC Addressing Commands • Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands • Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) The VLAN commands are supported on all the platform. MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table.
Command Modes Command History EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.12.0 Added support for sticky MAC addresses. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac-address-table aging-time Specify an aging time for MAC addresses to remove from the MAC address table.
Related Commands Version Description pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mac learning-limit — sets the MAC address learning limits for a selected interface. show mac-address-table aging-time — displays the MAC aging time. mac-address-table static Associate specific MAC or hardware addresses to an interface and VLANs.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Added support for output range parameter for S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. For information about the specific trap sent and the corresponding Syslog, refer to the SNMP Traps chapter.
mac learning-limit Limit the maximum number of MAC addresses (static + dynamic) learned on a selected interface. Syntax Parameters Defaults mac learning-limit address_limit [vlan vlan-id] [station-move-violation [dynamic]] [dynamic [no-station-move| station-move]] address_limit Enter the maximum number of MAC addresses that can be learned on the interface. The range is from 1 to 1000000. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
MAC Learning Limit violation logs and actions are not available on a per-VLAN basis. With the keyword no-station-move option, MAC addresses learned through this feature on the selected interface persist on a per-VLAN basis, even if received on another interface. Enabling or disabling this option has no effect on already learned MAC addresses. After the MAC address learning limit is reached, the MAC addresses do not age out unless you add the dynamic option.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is supported on physical interfaces, static LAGs, and LACP LAGs. Related Commands show mac learning-limit — displays details of the mac learning-limit.
mac learning-limit station-move-violation Specify the actions for a station move violation. Syntax mac learning-limit station-move-violation {log | shutdown-both | shutdownoffending | shutdown-original} To disable a configuration, use the no mac learning-limit station-move-violation command, then the configured keyword. Parameters log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a station move violation.
mac learning-limit reset Reset the MAC address learning-limit error-disabled state. Syntax mac learning-limit reset Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to display only those MAC address specifically configured on the switch. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the interface type, slot and port information: vlan vlan-id Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel followed by a number.
combinations: address/mac-address, interface/interface, or vlan vlan-id. Command Modes Command History aging-time Enter the keyword aging-time to display only aging-time information. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface then the interface type, slot/port information: • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Column Heading Description Mac Address Displays the MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. Type Lists whether the MAC address was manually configured (Static), learned dynamically (Dynamic), or associated with a specific port (Sticky). Interface Displays the interface type and slot/port information. The following abbreviations describe the interface types: State Example • gi — Gigabit Ethernet then a slot/port. • po — Port Channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 255 for TeraScale.
Example (Count) Dell# show mac-address-table count MAC Entries for all vlans : Dynamic Address Count : 110 Static Address (User-defined) Count : 0 Sticky Address Count : 0 Total Synced Mac from Peer(N): 100 Total MAC Addresses in Use: 110 Dell# Related Commands show mac-address-table aging-time — displays MAC aging time. show mac-address-table aging-time Display the aging times assigned to the MAC addresses on the switch.
show mac accounting access-list Display destination counters for Layer 2 traffic (available on physical interfaces only). S5000 Syntax show mac accounting {access—list name {interface type slot/port} {in | out}}} Parameters access-list name Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters.
show mac learning-limit Display MAC address learning limits set for various interfaces. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show mac learning-limit [violate-action] [detail] [interface interface] violate-action (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords violate-action to display the MAC learning limit violation status. detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword detail to display the MAC learning limit in detail.
Slot/port Te 1/1 Limit 10 MAC count 0 MAC count 0 Drops 0 Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands The following commands configure and monitor virtual LANs (VLANs). VLANs are a virtual interface and use many of the same commands as physical interfaces. You can configure an IP address and Layer 3 protocols on a VLAN called Inter-VLAN routing. FTP, TFTP, ACLs and SNMP are not supported on a VLAN.
default vlan-id Specify a VLAN as the Default VLAN. Syntax default vlan-id vlan-id To remove the default VLAN status from a VLAN and VLAN 1 does not exist, use the no default vlanid vlan-id syntax. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID number of the VLAN to become the new Default VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. The default is 1. Defaults The Default VLAN is VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To display information about a named VLAN, enter the show vlan command with the name parameter or the show interfaces description command. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN. show vlan — displays the current VLAN configurations on the switch. show config Display the current configuration of the selected VLAN.
show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. Syntax show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] Parameters Command Modes Command History brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: • VLAN ID • VLAN name (left blank if none is configured) • Spanning Tree Group ID • MAC address aging time • IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id then a number from 1 to 4094. Only information on the VLAN specified is displayed.
Column Heading Description G = GVRP VLAN • P = primary VLAN • C = community VLAN • I = isolated VLAN • O = OpenFlow NUM Displays existing VLAN IDs. Status Displays the word Inactive for inactive VLANs and the word Active for active VLANs.
Example (VLAN ID) 6 Active U Po3(Te 13/4) 7 Active T Po20(Te 13/6) P 100 Active T Po1(Te 1/1) C 101 I 102 Dell# Inactive T Te 1/3 Inactive T Te 1/4 T Po20(Te 13/6) T Te 13/7 T Te 13/7 U Te 13/5 T Te 1/2 Dell# show vlan id 40 Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - Tagged Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM 40 Status Description Q Ports Active M Te 13/47 Dell#show vlan id 41 Codes: Q: U x G - * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs Untagged, T - T
O O O Related Commands 3 6 8 12 Inactive Inactive Inactive Inactive O Te 1/10 vlan-stack compatible — enables the Stackable VLAN feature on the selected VLAN. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. tagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as a tagged interface. S5000 Syntax tagged interface To remove a tagged interface from a VLAN, use the no tagged interface command.
Usage Information When you use the no tagged command, the interface is automatically placed in the Default VLAN as an untagged interface unless the interface is a member of another VLAN. If the interface belongs to several VLANs, remove it from all VLANs to change it to an untagged interface. Tagged interfaces can belong to multiple VLANs, while untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN at a time. Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. When this command is configured, the VLAN is operationally UP if any of the interfaces specified in the track ip command are operationally UP, and the VLAN is operationally DOWN if none of the tracking interfaces are operationally UP.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Untagged interfaces can only belong to one VLAN.
Parameters events Enter the keyword events to enable debugging of FEFD state changes. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of FEFD to view information on packets sent and received. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
• aggressive: Change the link state to “error-disabled” when a far-end failure is detected by the software on that interface. When an interface is placed in an “error-disabled” state, you must enter the fefd reset command to reset the interface state. Range is normal or aggressive. Default is normal. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information Related Commands When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file. To keep the interface FEFD disabled when the global configuration changes, use the fefd reset command.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information If you enter only the fefd-global syntax, the mode is normal and the default interval is 15 seconds. If you disable FEFD globally (no fefd-global), the system does not remove the FEFD interface configuration. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection.
Version Description Legacy E-Series command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. • fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system. fefd interval Set an interval between control packets. Syntax fefd interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no fefd interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 300 seconds. The default is 15 seconds.
fefd mode Change the FEFD mode on an interface. Syntax fefd mode {normal | aggressive}] To return the FEFD mode to the default of normal, use the no fefd mode command. Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy E-Series command. Usage Information Example The following describes the show fefd command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number.
• fefd reset — resets all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode.
37 Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) The link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • LLPD Commands • LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. advertise management-tlv Advertise management TLVs (Type, Length, Value).
Usage Information The command options management-address,system-capabilities, system-description, and system-name can be invoked individually or together, in any sequence. advertise management-tlv (Interface) Advertise management type, length, values (TLVs) to the specified interface.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. debug lldp interface To display timer events, neighbor additions or deletions, and other information about incoming and outgoing packets, enable LLDP debugging. Syntax debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events | packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Enable or disable LLDP. Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled, that is no disable.
hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. Syntax hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command. Parameters seconds Enter the rate, in seconds, at which the control packets are sent to its peer. The rate is from 5 to 180 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. To enable LLDP on the management interface, use the no disable command in LLDP-MANAGEMENTINTERFACE mode (conf-lldp-mgmtIf). mode To receive or transmit, set LLDP. Syntax mode {tx | rx} To return to the default, use the no mode {tx | rx} command. Parameters tx Enter the keyword tx to set the mode to transmit. rx Enter the keyword rx to set the mode to receive. Defaults Both transmit and receive.
multiplier Set the number of consecutive misses before LLDP declares the interface dead. Syntax multiplier integer To return to the default, use the no multiplier integer command. Parameters integer Enter the number of consecutive misses before the LLDP declares the interface dead. The range is from 2 to 10. Defaults 4 x hello Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Interface) Enter the LLDP protocol in INTERFACE mode.
show lldp neighbors Display LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specified interface. Syntax Parameters show lldp neighbors [interface] [detail] interface detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
show lldp statistics Display the LLDP statistical information. Syntax show lldp statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.
show running-config lldp Display the current global LLDP configuration. Syntax show running-config lldp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
• LLDP-MED Endpoint Device — any device that is on an IEEE 802 LAN network edge, can communicate using IP, and uses the LLDP-MED framework. • LLDP-MED Network Connectivity Device — any device that provides access to an IEEE 802 LAN to an LLDP-MED endpoint device, and supports IEEE 802.1AB (LLDP) and TIA-1057 (LLDP-MED). The Dell Networking system is an LLDP-MED network connectivity device.
Related Commands protocol lldp (Configuration) — enables LLDP globally. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. advertise med guest-voice-signaling To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user when the guest voice control packets use a separate network policy than the voice data, configure the system.
advertise med location-identification To advertise a location identifier, configure the system. Syntax advertise med location-identification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} To return to the default, use the no advertise med location-identification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} command. Parameters coordinate-based value Enter the keywords coordinate-based then the coordinated based location in hexadecimal value of 16 bytes.
advertise med power-via-mdi To advertise the Extended Power via MDI TLV, configure the system. Syntax advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. advertise med video-signaling To advertise video control packets that use a separate network policy than video data, configure the system.
Related Commands Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. advertise med voice To advertise a dedicated IP telephony handset or other appliances supporting interactive voice services, configure the system.
advertise med voice-signaling To advertise when voice control packets use a separate network policy than voice data, configure the system. Syntax advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094.
38 Microsoft Network Load Balancing Network Load Balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. Microsoft NLB clustering allows multiple servers running Microsoft Windows to be represented by one MAC and one IP address to provide transparent failover and load-balancing.
Related Commands clear arp-cache — clears dynamic ARP entries from the ARP table. show arp — displays the ARP table. mac-address-table static (for Multicast MAC Address) For multicast mode of network load balancing (NLB), configure a static multicast MAC address, associate the multicast MAC address with the VLAN used to switch Layer 2 multicast traffic, and add output ports that will receive multicast streams on the VLAN.
Example (Multicast) Version Description 9.3(0.0) Added support for multicast MAC address on the MXL platform. mac-address-table static 01:00:5E:01:00:01 {multicast vlan 2 output—range Te 1/2,Te 1/3} ip vlan-flooding Enable unicast data traffic flooding on VLAN member ports. Syntax ip vlan-flooding To disable, use the no ip vlan-flooding command. Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL platforms Version Description 9.
39 Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. The Dell Networking operating system supports MSDP commands on the platform.
clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
peer-address Enter the IP address of the MSDP peer. Defaults Without any options, this command clears the entire source-active cache. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip msdp cache-rejected-sa Enable an MSDP cache for the rejected source-active entries. Syntax ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} To clear the MSDP rejected source-active entries, use the no ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command then the ip msdp cache-rejected-sa {number} command.
ip msdp default-peer Define a default peer from which to accept all source-active (SA) messages. Syntax ip msdp default-peer peer address [list name] To remove the default peer, use the no ip msdp default-peer {peer address} list name command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.) list name Enter the keywords list name and specify a standard access list that contains the RP address that should be treated as the default peer.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.
Usage Information An MSDP mesh group is a mechanism for reducing SA flooding, typically in an intra-domain setting. When some subset of a domain’s MSDP speakers are fully meshed, they can be configured into a mesh-group. If member X of a mesh-group receives a SA message from an MSDP peer that is also a member of the meshgroup, member X accepts the SA message and forwards it to all of its peers that are not part of the meshgroup.
ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. S5000 Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [sa-limit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
Usage Information The connect-source option is used to supply a source IP address for the TCP connection. When an interface is specified using the connect-source option, the primary configured address on the interface is used. If the total number of SA messages received from the peer is already larger than the limit when this command is applied, those SA messages continue to be accepted. To enforce the limit in such situation, use the clear ip msdp peer command to reset the peer.
ip msdp sa-filter Permit or deny MSDP source active (SA) messages based on multicast source and/or group from the specified peer. Syntax ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer-address list [access-list name] Remove this configuration using the no ip msdp sa-filter {in | out} peer address list [access-list name] command. Parameters in Enter the keyword in to enable incoming SA filtering. out Enter the keyword out to enable outgoing SA filtering.
Defaults 50000 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 6.2.1.1 Introduced ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters Defaults peer peer address Enter the keyword peer then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). sa-cache Enter the keywords sa-cache to display the Source-Active cache. summary Enter the keyword summary to display an MSDP peer summary. Not configured. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Display the rejected SAs in the SA cache. Syntax show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Defaults none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
40 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell Networking platform. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol.
Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
disable Globally disable the multiple spanning tree protocol on the switch. Syntax disable To enable MSTP, enter the no disable command. Defaults disabled. Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced. forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information.
Related Commands forward-delay — the amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20.
msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance, bridge priority, and one or multiple VLANs mapped to the MST instance. Syntax msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} To disable mapping or bridge priority, use the no msti instance {vlan range | bridgepriority priority} command. Parameters msti instance Enter the MSTP instance. The range is from zero (0) to 63. vlan range Enter the keyword vlan then the identifier range value. The range is from 1 to 4094.
name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region. Syntax name region-name To remove the region name, use the no name command. Parameters region-name Enter the MST region name. The range is 32 character limit. Defaults no default name. Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Example Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-mstp)#show config ! protocol spanning-tree mstp no disable name CustomerSvc revision 2 MSTI 10 VLAN 101-105 max-hops 5 Dell(conf-mstp)# show spanning-tree mst configuration View the multiple spanning tree configuration. Syntax show spanning-tree mst configuration Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
10 101-105 Dell# show spanning-tree msti View the multiple spanning tree instance. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History show spanning-tree msti [instance-number [brief]] [guard] instance-number (Optional) Enter the multiple spanning tree instance number. The range is from 0 to 63. brief (Optional) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the MST instance. guard (Optional) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an MSTP interface and the current port state.
Number of topology changes 0, last change occurred 3058087 Port 82 (TenGigabitEthernet 2/1) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 0, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.82 Designated root has priority 16384, address 0001.e800.0a:5c Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e802.35:06 Designated port id is 128.
Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e801.6aa8 Designated port id is 128.257, designated path cost 0 Number of transitions to forwarding state 1 BPDU (MRecords): sent 21, received 9 The port is not in the Edge port mode Usage Information Example (Guard) The following describes the show spanning-tree msti 5 guard command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Name MSTP interface. Instance MSTP instance.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. Syntax spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} Parameters msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is from zero (0) to 63.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree mstp Configures a Layer 2 MSTP interface as an edge port with (optionally) a bridge protocol data unit (BPDU) guard, or enables the root guard or loop guard feature on the interface.
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Added support for the BPDU guard. On an MSTP switch, a port configured as an edge port immediately transitions to the forwarding state. Only ports connected to end-hosts should be configured as an edge port. Consider an edge port similar to a port with spanning-tree portfast enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.5.1.0 Introduced By default, Dell Networking OS implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP. This mechanism helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes.
41 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system (OS) on all platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Added support for keyword snooping on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands show ip pim tib — shows the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
• Enter the RIP IP address in dotted decimal format of the RPF neighbor. static ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the Static IP address in dotted decimal format of the RPF neighbor. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the RPF neighbor. distance (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the distance metric assigned to the mroute. The range is from 0 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This feature allows you to limit the number of multicast entries on the system.
Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. E-Series legacy command Usage Information After you enable multicast, you can enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. In INTERFACE mode, enter the ip pim sparse-mode command to enable IGMP and PIM on the interface. Related Commands ip pim sparse-mode — enables IGMP and PIM on an interface. show ip mroute View the multicast routing table.
the keyword count to display the total number of multicast routes with the spanned IIF. Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
Example (VLT) Dell#show ip mroute vlt IP Multicast Routing Table Flags: S – Synced (*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Vlan 30 (50.1.1.2, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip mroute command shown in the following example.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810.
limit Enter the desired maximum number of multicast entries on the system. The SSeries range is from 1 to 16000. Defaults The S-Series default is 4000. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF.
42 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
The mtu command sets the actual frame size passed and can be larger than the advertised MTU. If the mtu setting is larger than the ip nd mtu command, an error message is sent, but the configuration is accepted. The error message is: % Error: nd ra mtu is greater than link mtu, link mtu will be used. Related Commands mtu – sets the maximum link MTU (frame size) for an Ethernet interface. ipv6 neighbor Configure a static entry in the IPv6 neighbor discovery.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. show ipv6 neighbors Display IPv6 discovery information. Entering the command without options shows all IPv6 neighbor addresses stored on the control processor (CP).
Example Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Dell# show ipv6 neighbors IPv6 Address Expires(min) Hardware Address State -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------100::1 0.03 00:00:00:00:00:22 DELAY fe80::200:ff:fe00:22 232 00:00:00:00:00:22 STALE 500::1 0.60 00:01:e8:17:5c:af REACH fe80::200:ff:fe00:17 232 00:00:00:00:00:29 REACH 900::1 0.60 00:01:e8:17:5c:b1 STALE 400::1 0.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. device-role Specify the role of the device attached to the port.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable—Allows you to configure the RA guard related commands.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. ipv6 nd ra-guard policy Define the RA guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy list configuration mode.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — Allows you to configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — Defines the router advertisement (RA) guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode.
Parameters value Enter the maximum transmission unit value in bytes. The range is from 1,280 to 11,982 bytes. Defaults 0 Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.
reachable-time Enable the verification of the configured reachability time in the received RA packets. Syntax reachable—time value To reset the advertised reachability time, use the no reachable-timevalue command. Parameters value Enter the advertised reachability time in milliseconds. The range is from 0 to 3,600,000 milliseconds. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — Defines the router advertisement (RA) guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. router-lifetime Set the router lifetime. Syntax router—lifetime value Parameters value Enter the router lifetime in seconds. The range is from 0 to 9,000 seconds. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, and Z9000 switches. • ipv6 nd ra-guard enable — Allow you to configure the RA guard related commands. • ipv6 nd raguard policy policy-name — Defines the router advertisement (RA) guard policy name and enter the RA guard policy configuration mode. show config Display the RA guard policy mode configurations.
show ipv6 nd ra-guard policy Display the configurations applied on all the RA guard policies or a specific RA guard policy. Syntax show ipv6 nd ra-guard policy policy-name Parameter policy policy-name Enter the keyword policy then the policy name. The policy name allows a maximum of 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
trusted-port Allow bypassing the configured RA guard validation and forwards the RA packets received on the interface, which has the trusted port policy attached. Syntax trusted-port To reset the policy applied to the trusted port, use the no trusted-port command. Defaults none Command Modes POLICY LIST CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
43 Object Tracking Object Tracking supports IPv4 and IPv6, and is available on the Dell Networking, C-Series, E-Series, S-Series, and S4810 platforms. Object tracking allows you to define objects of interest, monitor their state, and report to a client when a change in an object’s state occurs.
Example Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Dell#debug track all 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-STATE: track 6 - Interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 line-protocol DOWN 04:35:04: %RPM0-P:RP2 %OTM-5-NOTIF: VRRP notification: resource ID 6 DOWN delay Configure the time delay used before communicating a change in the status of a tracked object to clients. Syntax delay {[up seconds] [down seconds]} To return to the default setting, use the no delay command.
description Enter a description of a tracked object. Syntax description {text} To remove the description, use the no description {text} command. Parameters text Enter a description to identify a tracked object (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes OBJECT TRACKING (conf_track_object-id) Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
track 4 interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 ip routing track 5 ip route 192.168.0.0/24 reachability vrf red track resolution ip route isis 20 track resolution ip route ospf 10 Example (Object-id) Dell#show running-config track 300 track 300 ip route 10.0.0.0/8 metric threshold delay down 3 delay up 5 threshold metric up 100 Related Commands • show track – displays information about tracked objects, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the object.
Example Output Description Track object-id Displays the number of the tracked object. Interface type slot/ port, IP route ipaddress, IPv6 route ipv6-address Displays the interface type and slot/port number or address of the IPv4/IPv6 route that is being tracked. object is Up/Down Up/Down state of tracked object; for example, IPv4 interface, reachability or metric threshold of an IP route.
Related Commands • show running-config track – displays configuration information about tracked objects. • track interface ip routing – configures object tracking on the routing status of an IPv4 Layer 3 interface. • track interface line-protocol – configures object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface. • track ip route metric threshold – configures object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric.
The tracking process uses a protocol-specific resolution value to convert the actual metric in the routing table to a scaled metric in the range 0 to 255. You can configure the resolution value used to scale route metrics for supported protocols with the track resolution ip route and track resolution ipv6 route commands. Related Commands • track ip route metric threshold – configures object tracking on the threshold of an IPv4 route metric.
track interface line-protocol Configure object tracking on the line-protocol state of a Layer 2 interface. Syntax track object-id interface interface line-protocol To return to the default setting, use the no track object-id command. Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500.
ip-address/ prefixlen Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. The valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32. vrf vrf-name (Optional) E-Series only: You can configure a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance to specify the virtual routing table to which the tracked route belongs. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced.
Parameters object-id Enter the ID number of the tracked object. The range is 1 to 500. ip-address/ prefixlen Enter an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. The valid IPv4 prefix lengths are from /0 to /32. vrf vrf-name (Optional) E-Series only: You can configure a VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) instance to specify the virtual routing table to which the tracked route belongs. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Use this command to configure the protocol-specific resolution value that converts the actual metric of an IPv4 route in the routing table to a scaled metric in the range 0 to 255.
show track ipv6 route Display information about all tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current tracked state (UP or DOWN), and the clients which are tracking an object. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example show track ipv6 route [brief] brief • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Display a single line summary of information for tracked IPv6 routes. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.
Usage Command Example (Brief) The following describes the show track ipv6 route brief command shown in the Example below. Ouput Description ResID Number of the tracked object. Resource Type of tracked object. Parameter Detailed description of the tracked object. State Up or Down state of the tracked object. Last Change Time since the last change in the state of the tracked object.
Usage Information Related Commands Version Description 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.0 Introduced. Use this command to create an object that tracks the routing state of an IPv6 Layer 3 interface: • The status of the IPv6 interface is UP only if the Layer 2 status of the interface is UP and the interface has a valid IP address.
considers a lower value to have priority over a higher value. The resulting scaled value is compared against the configured threshold values to determine the state of a tracked route as follows: • If the scaled metric for a route entry is less than or equal to the UP threshold, the state of a route is UP. • If the scaled metric for a route is greater than or equal to the DOWN threshold or the route is not entered in the routing table, the state of a route is DOWN.
If the next-hop address in the ARP cache ages out for a route tracked for its reachability, an attempt is made to regenerate the ARP cache entry to if the next-hop address appears before considering the route DOWN. Related Commands • show track ipv6 route – displays information about tracked IPv6 routes, including configuration, current state, and clients which track the route. • track ipv6 route reachability – configures object tracking on the reachability of an IPv4 route.
Related Commands 1224 Object Tracking • threshold metric – configures the metric threshold used to determine the UP and/or DOWN state of a tracked route. • track ipv6 route metric threshold – configures object tracking on the threshold of an IPv6 route metric.
44 NPIV Proxy Gateway The N-port identifier virtualization (NPIV) Proxy Gateway (NPG) feature provides FCoE-FC bridging capability on the S5000 switch, allowing server CNAs to communicate with SAN fabrics over the S5000. To configure the S5000 to operate as an NPIV proxy gateway, use the following commands: dcb-map Create a DCB map to configure priority flow control (PFC) and enhanced transmission selection (ETS) on Ethernet ports that support converged Ethernet traffic.
description In an FCoE map, add a text description of the FCoE and FC parameters used to transmit storage traffic over an S5000 NPIV proxy gateway in a converged fabric. S5000 Syntax description text Parameters text Defaults None Command Modes FCOE MAP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter a maximum of 32 characters. Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information The text description is displayed in show fcoe-map command output.
On an S5000 NPIV proxy gateway, an FCoE map is applied on fabric-facing FC ports and server-facing Ethernet ports. Use the fabric command to apply an FCoE map on an FC port. Use the fcoe-map command to apply an FCoE map on an Ethernet port.
fc-map In an FCoE map, configure the FCoE mapped address prefix (FC-MAP) value which is used to identify FCoE traffic transmitted on the FCoE VLAN for the specified fabric. S5000 Syntax fc—map fc-map-value Parameters fc-map-value Enter the unique MAC address prefix used by a SAN fabric. The range of FC-MAP values is from 0EFC00 to 0ECFF. Defaults None Command Modes FCOE MAP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The FCF priority you assign to an S5000 is used by server CNAs to select an upstream FCF to use for a fabric login (FLOGI). To remove a configured FCF priority from an FCoE map, enter the no fcf-priority command. Related Commands fcoe-map — creates an FCoE map which contains the parameters used in the communication between servers and a SAN fabric.
Defaults 8 seconds Command Modes FCOE MAP Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information To delete the FIP keepalive time period from an FCoE map, enter the no fka-adv-erpiod command. Related Commands fcoe-map — creates an FCoE map which contains the parameters used in the communication between servers and a SAN fabric. show fcoe-map— displays the Fibre Channel and FCoE configuration parameters in FCoE maps.
Related Commands fcoe-map — creates an FCoE map which contains the parameters used in the communication between servers and a SAN fabric. show fcoe-map— displays the Fibre Channel and FCoE configuration parameters in FCoE maps. keepalive In an FCoE map, enable the monitoring of FIP keepalive messages (if it is disabled). S5000 Syntax keepalive Parameters None Defaults FIP keepalive monitoring is enabled on Ethernet and Fibre Channel interfaces.
dot1p5_group-num dot1p6_group-num dot1p7_group-num Defaults None Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. PFC and ETS settings are not pre-configured on Ethernet ports. You must use the dcb-map command to configure different groups of 802.1p priorities with PFC and ETS settings. Using the priority-pgid command, you assign each 802.1p priority to one priority group. A priority group consists of 802.
strict-priority Configure the priority-group traffic to be handled with strict priority scheduling. Strict-priority traffic is serviced first, before bandwidth allocated to other priority groups is made available. pfc {on | off} Configure whether priority-based flow control is enabled (on) or disabled (off) for port traffic in the priority group. Defaults None Command Modes DCB MAP Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information brief Displays an overview of currently configured FCoE maps. map-name Displays the FC and FCoE configuration parameters in a specified FCoE map. The FCoE map is applied on Ethernet (FCoE) and FC ports to transmit FC storage traffic to a specified fabric. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.1(1.0) Included support for Fabric Services mode, switch configuration, and switch zoning parameters. Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Example Field Description Members S5000 Ethernet and FC ports that are members of the dedicated FCoE VLAN that carries storage traffic to the specified fabric.
show npiv devices Display the FCoE and FC devices currently logged in to an S5000 NPIV proxy gateway. S5000 Syntax show npiv devices [brief] Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information brief Displays an overview of current server CNA-fabric connections over an S5000 NPIV proxy gatewa • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000.
Example Related Commands Field Description ENode [number] A server CNA that has successfully logged in to a fabric over an S5000 Ethernet port in ENode m Enode MAC MAC address of a server CNA port. Enode Intf Port number of a server-facing Ethernet port operating in ENode mode. FCF MAC Fibre Channel forwarder MAC: MAC address of S5000 FCF interface.
fcoe-map — creates an FCoE map which contains the parameters used in the communication between servers and a SA show fc switch Display the switch configuration for Fibre Channel capability. S5000 Syntax show fc switch Parameters None Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Use the show interfaces fibrechannel command to display information on the Fibre Channel capability of a switch.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. Use the show qos dcb-map command to display the enhanced transmission selection (ETS) and prioritybased flow control (PFC) parameters used to configure server-facing Ethernet ports. S5000 Ethernet ports are DCBx-enabled by default. The following table describes the show qos dcb-map output shown in the example below.
45 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on platform. OSPF is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS). OSPF is also a link-state protocol in which all routers contain forwarding tables derived from information about their links to their neighbors.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information In the Dell Networking operating software (OS), cost is defined as reference bandwidth/bandwidth.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. area range Summarize routes matching an address/mask at an area border router (ABR).
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Only the routes within an area are summarized, and that summary is advertised to other areas by the ABR. External routes are not summarized. Related Commands area stub — creates a stub area. router ospf — enters ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To configure all routers and access servers within a stub, use this command. Related Commands router ospf — enters ROUTER OSPF mode to configure an OSPF instance. area virtual-link Set a virtual link and its parameters.
Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information retransmit-interval seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords retransmit-interval followed by the number of seconds for the interval. The range is 1 to 8192. The default is 5 seconds. transmit-delay seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords transmit-delay followed by the number of seconds for the interval. The range is 1 to 8192. The default is 1 second.
Defaults 100 megabits per second. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors. Syntax Parameters clear ip ospf [process-id] [vrf vrf-name] statistics [interface name {neighbor router-id}] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to clear a specific process.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf statistics — displays the OSPF statistics. debug ip ospf Display debug information on OSPF.
v: Displays the OSPF version. Dell Networking OS supports version 2 only. t: Displays the type of packet sent: • 1 - Hello packet • 2 - database description • 3 - link state request • 4 - link state update • 5 - link state acknowledgement l: Displays the packet length. rid: Displays the OSPF router ID. aid: Displays the Autonomous System ID. chk: Displays the OSPF checksum. aut: States if OSPF authentication is configured.
bdr: Example Displays the IP address of the Border Area Router. Dell#debug ip ospf 1 packet OSPF process 90, packet debugging is on Dell# 08:14:24 : OSPF(100:00): Xmt. v:2 t:1(HELLO) l:44 rid:192.1.1.1 aid:0.0.0.1 chk:0xa098 aut:0 auk: keyid:0 to:Te 4/3 dst:224.0.0.5 netmask:255.255.255.0 pri:1 N-, MC-, E+, T-, hi:10 di:40 dr:90.1.1.1 bdr:0.0.0.0 default-information originate To generate a default external route into an OSPF routing domain, configure Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. default-metric Change the metrics of redistributed routes to a value useful to OSPF. Use this command with the redistribute command.
description Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration. Syntax description description To remove the OSPF description, use the no description command. Parameters description Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a router ID in the dotted decimal format. If you enter a router ID, include the mask for that router address. mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a mask in dotted decimal format or /n format. access-list-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of an IP standard access list, up to 140 characters. Defaults 110 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults • external dist3 = 110 • inter-area dist2 = 110 • intra-area dist1 = 110 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
isis (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword isis to specify that IS-IS routes are distributed. NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the C-Series. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series. rip (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword rip to specify that RIP routes are distributed. NOTE: BGP and ISIS routes are not available on the C-Series. BGP, ISIS, and RIP routes are not available on the S-Series.
Parameters number Enter the convergence level desired. The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place. The range is from 1 to 4. Defaults none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. In OSPF, flooding is the most resource-consuming task.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The Helper mode is enabled by default on the device.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Added Helper-Role support on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart mode Enable the graceful restart mode. Syntax graceful-restart mode [planned-only | unplanned-only] To disable graceful restart mode, use the no graceful-restart mode command. Parameters planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only.
graceful-restart role Specify the role for your OSPF router during graceful restart. Syntax graceful-restart role [helper-only | restart-only] To disable graceful restart role, use the no graceful-restart role command. Parameters role helper-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords helper-only to specify the OSPF router is a helper only during graceful restart. role restart-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords restart-only to specify the OSPF router is a restart only during graceful-restart.
Parameters seconds Enter the seconds. The range is from 0 to 300. Defaults zero (0) seconds. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. All neighboring routers in the same network must use the same password to exchange OSPF information. ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface.
When you configure OSPF over multiple vendors, to ensure that all routers use the same cost, use the ip ospf cost command. Otherwise, OSPF routes improperly. Related Commands auto-cost — controls how the OSPF interface cost is calculated. ip ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router dead.
ip ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface. Syntax ip ospf hello-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip ospf hello-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 10 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
key Enter a continuous character string as the password. Defaults No MD5 authentication is configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface. Syntax ip ospf priority number To return to the default setting, use the no ip ospf priority command.
ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 5 seconds.
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 1 second. This value must be greater than the transmission and propagation delays for the interface. Defaults 1 second Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command.
Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. mib-binding Enable this OSPF process ID to manage the SNMP traps and process SNMP queries. Syntax mib-binding To mib-binding on this OSPF process, use the no mib-binding command. Defaults none. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
To disable an OSPF area, use the no network ip-address mask area area-id command. Parameters ip-address Specify a primary or secondary address in dotted decimal format. The primary address is required before adding the secondary address. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format. (/x) area-id Enter the OSPF area ID as either a decimal value or in a valid IP address. Decimal value range is from 0 to 65535. IP address format is dotted decimal format A.B.C.D.
To enable both the receiving and sending routing, use the no passive-interface interface command. To return all OSPF interfaces (current and future) to active, use the no passive-interface default command. Parameters default Enter the keyword default to make all OSPF interfaces (current and future) passive. interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
This command behavior has changed as follows: passive-interface interface • The previous no passive-interface interface is removed from the running configuration. • The ABR status for the router is updated. • Save passive-interface interface into the running configuration. passive-interface default • All present and future OSPF interfaces are marked as passive. • Any adjacency is explicitly terminated from all OSPF interfaces.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information 1276 spf (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword spf to display the Shortest Path First information. database-timer rate-limit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords database-timer rate-limit to display the LSA throttling timer information. EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) Introduced on the S5000. The following describes output for the debug ip ospf command shown in the Example below. Field Description 8:14 Displays the time stamp.
Example • MC+ (bit used by MOSPF is set and router is able to forward IP multicast packets) • MC- (bit used by MOSPF is not set and router cannot forward IP multicast packets) • E + (router is able to accept AS External LSAs) • E - (router cannot accept AS External LSAs) • T + (router can support TOS) • T - (router cannot support TOS) hi: Displays the amount of time configured for the HELLO interval. di: Displays the amount of time configured for the DEAD interval.
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then one of the following: • 1 = for OSPF External type 1 • 2 = for OSPF External type 2 route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPF. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.1(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.1.1.
Example Dell(conf-router_ospf)#show config ! router ospf 3 passive-interface 0 TenGigabitEthernet 1/1 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show ip ospf Display information on the OSPF process configured on the switch. Syntax show ip ospf [process-id] Parameters Command Modes Command History process-id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. This guide is platform-specific.
Line Beginning with Description “Routing Process...” Displays the OSPF process ID and the IP address associated with the process ID. “Supports only...” Displays the number of Type of Service (TOS) rouse supported. “SPF schedule...” Displays the delay and hold time configured for this process ID. “Convergence Level” “Min LSA....” Displays the intervals set for LSA transmission and acceptance. “Number of...” Displays the number and type of areas configured for this process ID.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.8.1.0 Added the process-id option, in support of Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
11.1.2.0 12.1.2.0 13.1.1.0 13.1.2.0 172.16.1.0 Dell> Related Commands 11.1.2.1 192.68.135.2 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 13.1.1.1 718 1663 1192 1184 148 0x80000002 0x80000054 0x8000006b 0x8000006b 0x8000006d 0x7828 0xd8d6 0x2718 0x1c22 0x533b 0 0 0 0 0 show ip ospf database asbr-summary — displays only ASBR summary LSA information. show ip ospf database asbr-summary Display information about autonomous system (AS) boundary LSAs.
Usage Information Example Version Description pre- 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf database asbr-summary command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs. Syntax show ip ospf [process-id] database external [link-state-id] [adv-router ipaddress] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
Field Example Description • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA’s type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router.
Metrics Type: 2 TOS: 0 Metrics: 1 Forward Address: 0.0.0.0 External Route Tag: 701 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. Syntax show ip ospf [process-id] database network [link-state-id] [adv-router ipaddress] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Usage Information Example Version Description pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
Attached Router: 192.10.10.2 Attached Router: 20.20.20.1 Attached Router: 20.20.20.5 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information. Syntax show ip ospf [process-id] database nssa-external [link-state-id] [advrouter ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Related Commands Version Description pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database opaque-area Display the opaque-area (type 10) LSA information. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id] database opaque-area [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database opaque-area command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service.
show ip ospf database opaque-as Display the opaque-as (type 11) LSA information. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf process-id database opaque-as [link-state-id] [adv-router ipaddress] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
show ip ospf database opaque-link Display the opaque-link (type 9) LSA information. Syntax show ip ospf [process-id] database opaque-link [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
show ip ospf database router Display the router (type 1) LSA information. Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id] database router [link-state-id] [adv-router ipaddress] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
Item Example Description • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs. LS Type Displays the LSA type. Link State ID Displays the Link State ID. Advertising Router Identifies the router ID of the LSA’s originating router.
(Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.142.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.142.2 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.141.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.141.2 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.140.2 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.140.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database summary command shown in the following example.
Advertising Router: 192.168.17.1 LS Seq Number: 0x80000054 Checksum: 0xb5a2 Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 9 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.32.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x987c Length: 28 Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.
• Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1302 Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.
Example Item Description Neighbor Count... This line displays the number of neighbors and adjacent neighbors. Listed below this line are the details about each adjacent neighbor. Dell>show ip ospf int TenGigabitEthernet 1/7 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.1.2/30, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.2, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.2, Interface address 192.168.1.
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id neighbor command shown in the following example.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
show ip ospf statistics Display OSPF statistics. S5000 Syntax show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] statistics global | [interface name {neighbor router-id}] Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to display statistics corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
Usage Information Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf statistics process-id global command shown in the following example. Row Heading Description Total Displays the total number of packets the OSPF process receives/transmits. Error Displays the error count while receiving and transmitting packets by the OSPF process. Hello Number of OSPF Hello packets.
Example Error Type Description Version Version mismatch AreaMismatch Area mismatch Conf-Issue The received hello packet has a different hello or dead interval than the configuration. No-Buffer Buffer allocation failure. Seq-no A sequence no errors occurred during the database exchange process. Socket Socket Read/Write operation error. Q-overflow Packets dropped due to queue overflow. Unknown-Pkt Received packet is not an OSPF packet.
Auth-Error 0 MD5-Error 0 Cksum-Err 0 Version 0 AreaMisMatch 0 Conf-Issue 0 SeqNo-Err 0 Unknown-Pkt 0 Bad-LsReq 0 RtidZero 0 Neighbor ID 4.4.4.4 Packet Statistics Hello DDiscr LSReq LSUpd LSAck RX 5 2 1 3 2 TX 6 5 1 3 3 Timers Hello 0 Wait 0 Grace 0 Dead 39 Transmit 4 Queue Statistics LSU-Q-Len 0 LSU-Q-Wmark 1 LSR-Q-Len 0 LSR-Q-Wmark 1 Dell(conf-if-te-1/6)# Related Commands clear ip ospf statistics — clears the packet statistics in all interfaces and neighbors.
LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 Dell# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas. Syntax show ip ospf [process-id] topology Parameters Defaults process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
show ip ospf virtual-links Display the OSPF virtual links configured and is useful for debugging OSPF routing operations. If no OSPF virtual-links are enabled on the switch, no output is generated. C-Series, E-Series, S-Series Syntax show ip ospf process-id virtual-links NOTE: This command was deprecated. Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example process-id • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process.
Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State POINT_TO_POINT, Timer intervals configured, Hello 10, Dead 40, Wait 40, Retransmit 5 Hello due in 00:00:02 Dell# summary-address To advertise one external route, set the OSPF ASBR. Syntax summary-address ip-address mask [not-advertise] [tag tag-value] To disable summary address, use the no summary-address ip-address mask command. Parameters ip-address Specify the IP address in dotted decimal format of the address to summarize.
routes with prefix 1.1.0.0, you can configure the summary-address 1.1.0.0 255.255.0.0 not-advertise to filter out all the routes fall in range 1.1.0.0/16. Related Commands area range — summarizes routes within an area. timers spf Set the time interval between when the switch receives a topology change and starts a shortest path first (SPF) calculation. S5000 Syntax timers spf delay holdtime To return to the default, use the no timers spf command.
Example Dell# Dell#conf Dell(conf)#router ospf 1 Dell(conf-router_ospf-1)#timer spf 2 5 Dell(conf-router_ospf-1)# Dell(conf-router_ospf-1)#show config ! router ospf 1 timers spf 2 5 Dell(conf-router_ospf-1)# Dell(conf-router_ospf-1)#end Dell# Dell# timers throttle lsa all Configure LSA transmit intervals. Syntax timers throttle lsa all {start-interval | hold-interval | max-interval} To return to the default, use the no timers throttle lsa command.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. LSAs are sent after the start-interval and then after hold-interval until the maximum interval is reached. In throttling, exponential backoff is used when sending same LSA, so that the interval is multiplied until the maximum time is reached. For example, if the start-interval 5000 and hold-interval 1000 and max-interval 100,000, the LSA is sent at 5000 msec, then 1000 msec, then 2000 msec, them 4000 until 100,000 msec is reached.
The Dell Networking implementation of OSPFv3 is based on IETF RFC 2740. area authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets in an OFSPFv3 area. Syntax area area-id authentication ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [key-encryptiontype] key Parameters area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be authenticated. For area-id, you can enter a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy.
If you have enabled IPsec encryption in an OSPFv3 area with the area encryption command, you cannot use the area authentication command in the area at the same time. The configuration of IPsec authentication on an interface-level takes precedence over an area-level configuration. If you remove an interface configuration, an area authentication policy that has been configured is applied to the interface.
key-encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the authentication key is encrypted. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted). key Text string used in authentication. For MD5 authentication, the key must be 32 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 64 hex digits (encrypted). For SHA-1 authentication, the key must be 40 hex digits (non-encrypted) or 80 hex digits (encrypted). null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. Defaults Not configured.
clear ipv6 ospf process Reset an OSPFv3 router process without removing or re-configuring the process. S5000 Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History clear ipv6 ospf [vrf vrf-name] process vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to clear IPv6 routes corresponding to that VRF. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2.(0.0) Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. The following section describes the command fields. Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3...
Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
Lines Beginning With or Including Description • 5 - link state acknowledgement • 7 - external LSA • 8 - link-state advertisement (OSPFv3) • 9 - link local LSA (OSPFv2), Intra-Area-Prefix LSA (OSPFv3) • 11 - grace LSA (OSPFv3) Length: Displays the packet length. Router ID: Displays the OSPF3 router ID. Area ID: Displays the Area ID. Chksum: Displays the OSPF3 checksum.
Related Commands Version Description 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPFv3. graceful-restart grace-period Enable OSPFv3 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period (in seconds) that an OSPFv3 router’s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent during a graceful restart.
graceful-restart mode Specify the type of events that trigger an OSPFv3 graceful restart. Syntax graceful-restart mode {planned-only | unplanned-only} To disable graceful restart mode, enter no graceful-restart mode. Parameters planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only. unplanned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords unplanned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in an unplanned restart condition only.
Parameters process-id Enter the process identification number. area area-id Specify the OSPF area. The range is from 0 to 65535. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series and C-Series. ipv6 ospf authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface.
Usage Information Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router.
• Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is Active. Defaults See Parameters Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information In general, the path cost is calculated as: 10^8 / bandwidth Using this formula, the default path cost is calculated as: • GigabitEthernet—Default cost is 1 • TenGigabitEthernet—Default cost is 1 • FortygigEthernet — Default cost is 1 • Ethernet—Default cost is 10 ipv6 ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the time interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router down.
ipv6 ospf encryption Configure an IPsec encryption policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf encryption {null | ipsec spi number esp encryption-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key athentication-algorithm [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Before you enable IPsec encryption on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area.
When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. The graceful-restart role command is not supported in OSPFv3. When you enable the helper-reject role on an interface, you reconfigure an OSPFv3 router to function in a “restarting-only” role. ipv6 ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface.
Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router. Use this command for interfaces connected to multi-access networks, not point-to-point networks.
maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters number Defaults 8 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 8 paths. Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, no interfaces are passive. Routing updates are sent to all interfaces on which the routing protocol is enabled.
metric-type typevalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then the OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • 1 for a type 1 external route • 2 for a type 2 external route The default is 2. route-map mapname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag to set the tag for routes redistributed into OSPFv3.
Parameters ip-address Enter the router ID in the dotted decimal format. Defaults The router ID is selected automatically from the set of IPv4 addresses configured on a router. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information Version Description 9.1.(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. The show crypto ipsec policy command output displays the AH and ESP parameters configured in IPsec security policies, including the SPI number, keys, and algorithms used. When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor.
Inbound ESP Auth Key The ESP authentication key for inbound and outbound links. Outbound ESP Auth Key Inbound ESP Cipher Key The ESP encryption key for inbound and outbound links. Outbound ESP Cipher Key Transform set The set of security protocols and algorithms used in the policy. Inbound AH SPI The authentication header (AH) security policy index (SPI) for inbound and outbound links. Outbound AH SPI Inbound AH Key The AH key for inbound and outbound links.
Usage Information The show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 command output displays security associations set up for OSPFv3 links in IPsec authentication and encryption policies on the router. Related Commands show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec authentication and encryption policies.
IPSecv6 policy name Name of the IPsec security policy applied to the interface. inbound/outbound ah Authentication policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. inbound/outbound esp Encryption policy applied to inbound or outbound traffic. spi Security policy index number used to identify the policy. transform Security algorithm that is used to provide authentication, integrity, and confidentiality. in use settings Transform that the SA uses (only transport mode is supported).
Version Description 8.4.2.2 Added support for the display of graceful restart parameters and Type-11 Grace LSAs on E-Series TeraScale routers. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Usage Information The show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 command output displays security associations set up for OSPFv3 links in IPsec authentication and encryption policies on the router.
AS Bdr Rtr Count 1 LSA count 8 Rtr LSA Count 1 Net LSA Count 0 Inter Area Pfx LSA Count 5 Inter Area Rtr LSA Count 0 Group Mem LSA Count 0 Type-7 LSA count 0 Intra Area Pfx LSA Count 2 Intra Area TE LSA Count 2 E1200-T2C2#sh ipv6 ospf neighbor Neighbor ID Interface 63.114.8.36 Pri State 1 FULL/DR Dead Time Interface ID 00:00:37 4 Te 1/4 show ipv6 ospf interface View OSPFv3 interface information.
Usage Information Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. If you enable BFD at the global level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD provisioning. If you enable BFD at the interface level, show ipv6 ospf interface shows the BFD interval timers. Example Dell#show ipv6 ospf 3 interface tengigabitethernet 1/2 TenGigabitEthernet 1/2 is up, line protocol is up Link Local Address fe80::201:e8ff:fe17:5bbd, Interface ID 67420217 Area 0, Process ID 1, Instance ID 0, Router ID 11.1.1.
Command History Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.1.(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ipv6 ospf 3 neighbor gi 1/2 Neighbor ID 63.114.8.
! ipv6 router ospf 1 timers spf 2 5 Dell(conf-ipv6-router_ospf)# Dell(conf-ipv6-router_ospf)#end Dell# Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) 1345
46 Policy-based Routing (PBR) Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface. You can apply multiple redirect lists to an interface by entering this command multiple times. Syntax ip redirect-group redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list from an interface, use the no ip redirect-group name command. Parameters redirect-list-name Enter the name of a configured redirect list. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-vl-) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.
Parameters redirect-list-name Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Enter the name of a redirect list. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series Tera Scale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. permit Configure a permit rule.
operator Defaults none Command Modes REDIRECT-LIST Command History • ack = acknowledgement • fin = finish (no more data from the user) • psh = push function • rst = reset the connection • syn = synchronize sequence number • urg = urgent field (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
ip-address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router. slot/port Enter the keyword slot / port followed by the slot/port information. tunnel Enter the keyword tunnel to configure the tunnel setting. tunnel-id Enter the keyword tunnel-id to redirect the traffic. track Enter the keyword track to enable the tracking. track Enter the keyword track to track object-id. ip-protocol-number Enter a number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for the track-id on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series Tera Scale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. seq Configure a filter with an assigned sequence number for the redirect list.
host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. bit (OPTIONAL) For the TCP protocol type only, enter one or a combination of the following TCP flags: operator • fin = finish (no more data from the user) • psh = push function • rst = reset the connection • syn = synchronize sequence number • urg = urgent field (OPTIONAL) For the TCP and UDP parameters only.
show cam pbr Display the PBR CAM content. Syntax Parameters show cam pbr {[interface interface] | stack—unit slot-number port-set number]} [summ interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the name of the interface. stack–unit number Enter the keyword stack-unit then the slot number. port-set number Enter the keywords port-set then the port-pipe number. summary Enter the keyword summary to view only the total number of CAM entries.
Parameters Command Modes Command History Example 1354 redirect-list-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the name of a configured Redirect list. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Dell#show ip redirect-list explicit_tunnel IP redirect-list explicit_tunnel: Defined as: seq 5 redirect tunnel 1 track 1 tcp 155.55.2.0/24 222.22.2.
47 PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the platform. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim snooping tib Clear tree information discovered by PIM-SM snooping from the PIM database.
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. S5000 Syntax clear ip pim [vrf vrf-name] tib [group] Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to configure this setting on that VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF. rp-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the RP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group. group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group. packet [in | out] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to view PIM packets. Enter one of the optional parameters: • in: to view incoming packets • out: to view outgoing packets register (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword register to view PIM register address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
To return to the default value, use the no ip pim bsr-border command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.
hash-mask-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the hash mask length. The range is from zero (0) to 32. The default is 30. priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority used in Bootstrap election process. The range is from zero (0) to 255. The default is zero (0). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series on port-channels and the S-Series. The router with the largest value assigned to an interface becomes the designated router.
ip pim join-filter Permit or deny PIM Join/Prune messages on an interface using an extended IP access list. This command prevents the PIM-SM router from creating state based on multicast source and/or group. S5000 Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] join-filter ext-access-list To remove the access list, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] join-filter ext-accesslist command.
ip pim ingress-interface-map When the Dell Networking system is the RP, statically map potential incoming interfaces to (*,G) entries to create a lossless multicast forwarding environment. Syntax Parameters ip pim ingress-interface-map std-access-list std-access-list Enter the name of a standard access list. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. ip pim register-filter To prevent a PIM source DR from sending register packets to an RP for the specified multicast source and group, use this feature.
ip pim rp-address Configure a static PIM rendezvous point (RP) address for a group or access-list. S5000 Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-address address {group-address group-address mask} [override] To remove an RP address, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-address address {groupaddress group-address mask} [override] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. NOTE: Applies to specific VRF if input is provided, else applies to Default VRF.
ip pim rp-candidate To send out a Candidate-RP-Advertisement message to the bootstrap (BS) router or define group prefixes that are defined with the RP address to PIM BSR, configure a PIM router. Syntax ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-candidate {interface [priority]} To return to the default value, use the no ip pim [vrf vrf-name] rp-candidate {interface [priority]} command. Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF.
ip pim snooping Enable PIM-SM snooping globally on a switch or on a VLAN interface. Syntax ip pim snooping [enable] To disable PIM-SM snooping, use the no ip pim snooping [enable] command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information • CONFIGURATION: To configure PIM-SM snooping globally, enter the ip pim snooping enable command in global configuration mode.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Removed the acl-access-list parameter. Modified the max value of S, G entry second range from 86400 to 65535. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the S-Series. 7.7.1.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking OS supports standard access lists for the SSM range. You cannot use extended ACLs for configuring the SSM range. If you configure an extended ACL and then used in the ip pim ssm-range {access list name} configuration, an error is reported.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
If the PIM DR flood is not disabled (default setting): • Multicast traffic is transmitted on the egress port towards the PIM DR if the port is not the incoming interface. • Multicast traffic for an unknown group is sent on the port towards the PIM DR. When DR flooding is disabled, multicast traffic for an unknown group is dropped. show ip pim bsr-router View information on the Bootstrap router.
This system is a candidate BSR Candidate BSR address: 7.7.7.7, priority: 0, hash mask length: 30 show ip pim interface View information on the interfaces with IP PIM enabled. S5000 Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] interface Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Field Description DR Displays the IP address of the Designated Router for that interface. The show ip pim interface command does not display information corresponding to the loop-back interfaces. Example Dell#show ip pim interface Address Interface Ver/ Mode 165.87.34.5 Te 1/10 v2/S 10.1.1.2 Vl 10 v2/S 20.1.1.5 Vl 20 v2/S 165.87.31.200 Vl 30 v2/S Nbr Count 0 1 1 1 Query Intvl 30 30 30 30 DR Prio 1 1 1 1 DR 165.87.34.5 10.1.1.2 20.1.1.5 165.87.31.201 show ip pim neighbor View PIM neighbors.
Field Description Uptime/expires Displays the amount of time the neighbor has been up then the amount of time until the neighbor is removed from the multicast routing table (that is, until the neighbor hold time expires). Ver Displays the PIM version number. • DR prio/Mode Example v2 = PIM version 2 Displays the Designated Router priority and the mode.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Example Dell#show ip pim rp Group RP 224.2.197.115 165.87.20.4 224.2.217.146 165.87.20.4 224.3.3.3 165.87.20.4 225.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 225.1.2.2 165.87.20.4 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.4 229.1.2.2 165.87.20.
Usage Information Example (#2) Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. The following describes the show ip pim snooping interface commands shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. The following describes the show ip pim snooping neighbor commands shown in the following example. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the neighbor learned through PIM-SM snooping.
source-address Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered for a specified multicast source. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Field Description • Example received a (*,G) Join message Dell#show ip pim snooping tib PIM Multicast Snooping Table Flags: J/P - (*,G) Join/Prune, j/p - (S,G) Join/Prune SGR-P - (S,G,R) Prune Timers: Uptime/Expires * : Inherited port (*, 225.1.2.1), uptime 00:00:01, expires 00:02:59, RP 165.87.70.1, flags: J Incoming interface: Vlan 2, RPF neighbor 0.0.0.0 Outgoing interface list: TenGigabitEthernet 2/11 RPF 165.87.32.
Exmaple Version Description 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Group Address / MaskLen show ip pim summary View information about PIM-SM operation. S5000 Syntax show ip pim [vrf vrf-name] summary Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
1 active PIM interface 0 passive PIM interfaces 3 active PIM neighbors TIB summary: 1/1 (*,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 1/1 (S,G) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0/0 (S,G,Rpt) entries in PIM-TIB/MFC 0 0 0 0 PIM nexthops RPs sources Register states Message summary: 2582/2583 Joins sent/received 5/0 Prunes sent/received 0/0 Candidate-RP advertisements sent/received 0/0 BSR messages sent/received 0/0 State-Refresh messages sent/received 0/0 MSDP updates sent/received 0/0 Null Register messages sent/received 0/0 Register
Usage Information Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Added support for VRF. Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The following describes the show ip pim tib command shown in the following example.
K - Ack-Pending State Timers: Uptime/Expires Interface state: Interface, next-Hop, State/Mode (*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:40:16, expires 00:00:00, RP 20.40.4.4, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (20.10.4.9, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:06:21, expires 00:02:06, flags: CT Incoming interface: Vlan 2007, RPF neighbor 20.30.124.4 Outgoing interface list: Vlan 2006 Forward/Sparse 00:06:21/Never (*, 225.1.1.
48 PIM-Source Specific Mode (PIM-SSM) The protocol-independent multicast source-specific mode (PIM-SSM) commands in this section are supported in the Dell Networking operating system. IPv4 PIM Commands The following commands apply to IPv4 PIM-SM, IPv4 PIM-SSM, and PIM-DM.
Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History Exmaple Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Added support for VRF on S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000, Z9500, and S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
49 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as port channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). • The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
Related Commands Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. monitor session — enables a monitoring session. monitor session Create a session for monitoring traffic with port monitoring.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.8(0.0) Added the drop parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. Introduced the set ip dscp and set ip ttl parameters. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000-ON, Z9500. monitor session — enables a monitoring session. show monitor session — displays the monitor session.
show monitor session Display information about monitoring sessions. Syntax show monitor session {session-ID} To display monitoring information for all sessions, use the show monitor session command. Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. The range is from 0 to 65535. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
show running-config monitor session Display the running configuration of all monitor sessions or a specific session. Syntax show running-config monitor session {session-ID} To display the running configuration for all monitor sessions, use the show running-config monitor session command. Parameters Defaults session-ID (OPTIONAL) Enter a session identification number. The range from 0 to 65535. none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
source (port monitoring) Configure a port monitor source. Syntax source {interface | range | any} destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} To disable a monitor source, use the no source interface destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} command. Parameters source interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 1396 Version Description 9.8(0.0) Added the any parameter. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.0.0 Added support for Source and destination. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
50 Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. Dell Networking OS supports PVST+ on the platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line. description Enter a description of the PVST+. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
disable Disable PVST+ globally. Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Dell(conf-pvst)#do show spanning-tree pvst vlan 5 brief VLAN 5 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32773, Address 0001.e832.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 8.3.1.0 Introduced.
• guard Defaults Command Modes Command History For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on a PVST interface and the current port state. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID ---------------------------------------------------------Te 1/0 128.130 128 20000 FWD 20000 4096 0001.e801.6aa8 128.426 Te 1/1 128.131 128 20000 BLK 20000 4096 0001.e801.6aa8 128.427 Te 1/16 128.146 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e805.e306 128.146 Te 1/17 128.147 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e805.e306 128.
Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 152, received 27562 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID ----------------------------------------------------------Te 1/1 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.
Enter the keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU. shutdown-onviolation (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords shutdown-on-violation to hardware disable an interface when a BPDU is received and the port is disabled. err-disable Enter the keywords err-disable to enable the port to be put into the errordisable state (EDS) if an error condition occurs. vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094.
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the optional Bridge Port Data Unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack. This option places the port into the Error Disable state if a BPDU appears, and a message is logged so that the administrator can take corrective action.
spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the Forwarding state. vlan hello-time — change the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration. vlan hello-time Set the time interval between generation of PVST+ 7 BPDUs.
Related Commands Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the forwarding state. vlan max-age — changes the time interval before PVST+ refreshes. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
Related Commands Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced. vlan bridge-priority — sets the bridge-priority value. vlan forward-delay — changes the time interval before Dell Networking OS transitions to the forwarding state. vlan hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. show spanning-tree pvst — displays the PVST+ configuration.
51 Quality of Service (QoS) The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are not universally supported on all Dell Networking Products. platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.1p bits on the traffic this interface receives. Syntax dot1p-priority priority-value To delete the IEEE 802.1p configuration on the interface, use the no dot1p-priority command.
rate police Police the incoming traffic rate on the selected interface. Syntax rate police [kbps] committed-rate [burst-KB] [peak [kbps] peak-rate [burstKB]] [vlan vlan-id] Parameters kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). The range is from 0 to 40000000. The default granularity is Megabits per second (Mbps). committed-rate Enter the bandwidth in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB.
rate shape Shape the traffic output on the selected interface. Syntax Parameters rate shape [kbps] rate [burst-KB] kbps Enter the keyword kbps to specify the rate limit in Kilobits per second (Kbps). On S-Series, make the value a multiple of 64. The range is from 0 to 40000000. The default granularity is Megabits per second (Mbps). rate The range is from 10 to 40000. burst-KB (OPTIONAL) Enter the burst size in KB. The range is from 0 to 10000. The default is 50.
Parameters Defaults queue Enter a value from 0 to 7. For each dot1p Priority, the default CoS queue value is: • Dot1p Priority : 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 • Queue : 2 0 1 3 4 5 6 7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. To honor all incoming 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on the interface, enter this command. By default, this facility is not enabled (that is, the 802.1p markings on incoming traffic are not honored). You can apply this command on both physical interfaces and port channels.
strict-priority queue Configure a unicast queue as a strict-priority (SP) queue. Syntax strict-priority queue unicast number Parameters unicast number Enter the keyword unicast then the queue number. The range is from 1 to 3. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Parameters percentage Enter the percentage assignment of bandwidth to the class/queue. The range is from 1 to 100% (granularity 1%). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
Defaults Layer 3 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
clear qos statistics Clear qos statistics clears statistics from show qos statistics. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History clear qos statistics interface-name interface-name Enter one of the following keywords: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (policy-map-input and policy-map-output; conf-qos-policy-in and conf-qos-policy-out; wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
set-color value (Optional) Enter the keyword set-color followed by a color value. Traffic that fulfills the match criteria is marked with the color value that you specify. The default value is Yellow. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The matched traffic is marked with the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
ip-any Enter the keyword ip-any to support IPv4 and IPv6 traffic. ip-precedence-list Enter the IP precedence value(s) as the match criteria. Separate values by commas — no spaces ( 1,2,3 ) or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3). The range is from 0 to 7. set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The matched traffic is marked with the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
To remove VLAN as the match criterion, use the no match ip vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan and then the ID of the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults none Command Modes CONF-CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. After the class map is identified, you can configure the match criteria. Use this command to match an IP class-map against a single VRF ID . Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. match mac access-group Configure a match criterion for a class map, based on the contents of the designated MAC ACL. Syntax Parameters match mac access-group {mac-acl-name} mac-acl-name Enter a MAC ACL name.
Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps. An aggregate QoS policy is part of the policy map (output) applied on an interface. Syntax policy-aggregate qos-policy-name To remove a policy aggregate configuration, use the no policy-aggregate qos-policy-name command.
policy-map-input Create an input policy map. Syntax policy-map-input policy-map-name cpu-qos | [layer2] To remove an input policy map, use the no policy-map-input policy-map-name cpu-qos | [layer2] command. Parameters policy-map-name Enter the name of the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). cpu-qos Enter the cpu-qos keyword to assign this ACL to control plane traffic only. layer2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword layer2 to specify a Layer 2 Class Map. The default is Layer 3.
To remove a policy map, use the no policy-map-output policy-map-name command. Parameters policy-map-name Enter the name for the policy map in character format (32 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information Use this command to specify the name of the output QoS policy. Once output policy is specified, rateshape, scheduler strict, bandwidth-percentage, and WRED can be defined. This command enables the qospolicy-output configuration mode—(conf-qos-policy-out). Related Commands bandwidth-percentage — assigns percentage of bandwidth to the class/queue.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.10 Introduced on the S4810. 7.5.1.0 Added support for multicast-bandwidth. 7.4.1.0 and 6.5.3.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command does not uniquely identify a queue, but rather identifies only a set of queues. The WRED curve is applied to all eight egress Multicast queues.
Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_g. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.4.1.0 and 6.5.3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The default burst size is 100Kb.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information On 40-port 10G stack-unit if the traffic is shaped between 64 and 1000 Kbs, for some values, the shaped rate is much less than the value configured. Related Commands rate shape — shapes traffic output as part of the designated policy. qos-policy-output — creates a QoS output policy. service-policy input Apply an input policy map to the selected interface.
NOTE: The service-policy commands are not allowed on a port channel. The servicepolicy input policy-map-name command and the service-class dynamic dot1p command are not allowed simultaneously on an interface. Related Commands policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. service-policy output Apply an output policy map to the selected interface. Syntax service-policy output policy-map-name To remove the output policy map from the interface, use the no service-policy output policymap-name command.
service-queue Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues. Syntax service-queue queue-id [class-map class-map-name] [qos-policy qos-policyname] To remove the queue assignment, use the no service-queue queue-id [class-map classmap-name] [qos-policy qos-policy-name] command. Parameters queue-id Enter the value used to identify a queue. The range is from 0 to 7.
set Mark outgoing traffic with a differentiated service code point (DSCP) or dot1p value. Syntax set {ip-dscp value | mac-dot1p value} Parameters ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. mac-dot1p value Enter the keywords mac-dot1p then the dot1p value. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-in) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
show qos policy-map View the QoS policy map information. Syntax show qos policy-map {summary [interface] | detail} Parameters summary interface detail Defaults To view a policy map interface summary, enter the keyword summary and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
show qos policy-map-input View the input QoS policy map details. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show qos policy-map-input [policy-map-name] [class class-map-name] [qospolicy-input qos-policy-name] policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. class class-mapname Enter the keyword class then the class map name. qos-policy-input qos-policy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-input then the QoS policy name. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters Defaults policy-map-name Enter the policy map name. qos-policy-output qos-policy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name. none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Dell#show qos qos-policy-input Qos-policy-input QosInput Rate-police 100 50 peak 100 50 Dscp 32 Dell# show qos qos-policy-output View the output QoS policy details.
Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 show qos statistics View QoS statistics. Syntax show qos statistics {egress—queue [interface]} | {wred-profile [interface]} | [interface] Parameters egress-queue interface wred-profile interface interface Defaults Enter the keyword egress-queue to display the egress-queue statistics and optionally one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information.
Related Command Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear hardware stack-unit - Clear statistics from selected hardware components. show qos wred-profile View the WRED profile details. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show qos wred-profile wred-profile-name wred-profile-name Enter the WRED profile name to view the profile details.
test cam-usage Check the Input Policy Map configuration for the CAM usage. Syntax test cam-usage service-policy input policy-map stack-unit {[number port-set portpipe number] | [all]} Parameters policy-map Enter the policy map name. stack-unitnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack-unit slot number. port-set portpipe number Enter the keywords port-set then the stack-unit port pipe number. The range is from 0 or 1.
Field Description NOTE: The CAM entries reserved for the default rules are not included in the Available CAM column; free entries, from the default rules space, cannot be used as a policy map for the classification rules. Estimated CAM per Port Indicates the number of free CAM entries required (for the classification rules) to apply the input policy map on a single interface.
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (config-wred) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.8.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you configure trust, matched bytes/packets counters are not incremented in the show qos statistics command. Dynamic mapping honors packets marked according to the standard definitions of DSCP. The following lists the default mapping.
profile-name Enter your WRED profile name in character format (32 character maximum). Or use one of the five pre-defined WRED profile names. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_. Defaults When WRED green is applied, default WRED yellow profiles take effect and vice-versa. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you enable wred ecn, and the number of packets in the queue is below the minimum threshold, packets are transmitted per the usual WRED treatment.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
52 Private VLAN (PVLAN) The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software is supported on the platforms. Private VLANs extend the Dell Networking OS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The Dell Networking OS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, refer to the following commands.
– A trunk port in a PVLAN is always tagged. – A trunk port in Tagged mode carries primary or secondary VLAN traffic. The tag on the packet helps identify the VLAN to which the packet belongs. – A trunk port can also belong to a regular VLAN (non-private VLAN). ip local-proxy-arp Enable/disable Layer 3 communication between secondary VLANs in a private VLAN.
private-vlan mode Set PVLAN mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. Syntax [no] private-vlan mode {community | isolated | primary} To remove the PVLAN configuration, use the no private-vlan mode {community | isolated | primary} command syntax. Parameters community Enter the keyword community to set the VLAN as a community VLAN. isolated Enter the keyword isolated to configure the VLAN as an isolated VLAN.
private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan Map secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. Syntax [no] private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list To remove specific secondary VLANs from the configuration, use the no private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan vlan-list command syntax. Parameters vlan-list Enter the list of secondary VLANs to associate with the selected primary VLAN. The list can be in comma-delimited or hyphenated-range format, following the convention for the range input.
show interfaces private-vlan Display type and status of PVLAN interfaces. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History Usage Information show interfaces private-vlan [interface interface] interface interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interface followed by the ID of the specific interface for which to display PVLAN status. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
show vlan private-vlan – displays the PVLANs and/or interfaces that are part of a PVLAN. show vlan private-vlan mapping – displays the primary-secondary VLAN mapping. switchport mode private-vlan – sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. show vlan private-vlan Display PVLANs and/or interfaces that are part of a PVLAN.
Example (All) Field Description Primary Displays the VLAN ID of the designated or associated primary VLAN(s). Secondary Displays the VLAN ID of the designated or associated secondary VLAN(s). Type Displays the type of VLAN in which the listed interfaces reside. Active States whether the interface is operationally up or down. Ports Displays the interface IDs in the listed VLAN.
Example Dell#show vlan private-vlan 102 Primary Secondary Type Active Ports ------- --------- --------- -------------------10 Primary Yes Po 1 Gi 0/2 102 Isolated Yes Gi 0/4 Related Commands private-vlan mode – sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. show interfaces private-vlan – displays type and status of PVLAN interfaces. show vlan private-vlan mapping – displays the primary-secondary VLAN mapping. switchport mode private-vlan – sets PVLAN mode of the selected port.
switchport mode private-vlan Set PVLAN mode of the selected port. Syntax [no] switchport mode private-vlan {host | promiscuous | trunk} To remove PVLAN mode from the selected port, use the no switchport mode private-vlan command. Parameters host Enter the keyword host to configure the selected port or port channel as an isolated interface in a PVLAN. promiscuous Enter the keyword promiscuous to configure the selected port or port channel as an promiscuous interface.
Related Commands private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to primary and then associates the secondary VLANs to it.
53 Routing Information Protocol (RIP) Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on the platform. The Dell Networking OS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the Dell Networking OS routing table. Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
database (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword database to display messages when there is a change to the RIP database. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug only RIP protocol changes. trigger (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword trigger to debug only RIP trigger extensions. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command ensures that route information being redistributed is converted to the same metric value. Related Commands redistribute — allows you to redistribute routes learned by other methods. description Enter a description of the RIP routing protocol.
distance Assign a weight (for prioritization) to all routes in the RIP routing table or to a specific route. Lower weights (“administrative distance”) are preferred. Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-name]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask] command. Parameters weight Enter a number from 1 to 255 for the weight (for prioritization). The default is 120. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
To delete the filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out command. Parameters prefix-list-name Enter the name of a configured prefix list. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
ip poison-reverse Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value. Syntax ip poison-reverse To disable poison reverse, use the no ip poison-reverse command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable the interface to send both version of RIP packets, use the ip rip send version 1 2 command.
Related Commands Version Description pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip poison-reverse — sets the prefix for RIP routing updates. maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths. Syntax maximum-paths number To return to the default values, use the no maximum-paths commands. Parameters number Enter the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 4 paths. Defaults 4 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. This command is intended for low-speed interfaces. passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface still includes in RIP updates sent using other interfaces.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate — generates a default route for RIP traffic. redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process. Syntax redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute ospf process-id [match external {1 | 2} | match internal | metric metric-value] [route-map map-name] command.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre- 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. router rip To configure and enable RIP, enter ROUTER RIP mode. Syntax router rip To disable RIP, use the no router rip command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration. The default values are not shown. Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example 1486 Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.
show running-config rip Display the current RIP configuration. Syntax show running-config rip Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Defaults invalid Enter the number of seconds to specify the time interval before routing updates are declared invalid or expired. The invalid value should be at least three times the update timer value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. The default is 180 seconds. holddown Enter the number of seconds to specify a time interval during which the route is marked as unreachable but still sending RIP packets. The holddown value should be at least three times the update timer value.
To return to the default version setting, use the no version command. Parameters 1 Enter the keyword 1 to specify RIP version 1. 2 Enter the keyword 2 to specify RIP version 2. Defaults The Dell Networking OS sends RIPv1 and receives RIPv1 and RIPv2. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
54 Remote Monitoring (RMON) The Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is implemented on the platform. Dell Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table.
rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface. Syntax rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} [owner name] [buckets number] [interval seconds] To remove a specified RMON history group of statistics collection, use the no rmon collection history {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value.
rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface. Syntax rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} [owner name] To remove RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface, use the no rmon collection statistics {controlEntry integer} command. Parameters controlEntry integer Enter the keyword controlEntry to specify the RMON group of statistics using a value. Then enter an integer value from 1 to 65535 that identifies the RMON Statistic Table.
Parameters number Assign an event number in integer format. The range is from 1 to 65535. You must ensure that the value you enter is unique in the RMON event table. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to generate an RMON event log. This option sets the eventType to either log or log-and-snmptrap in the RMON event table. The default is None. trap community (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword trap followed by the SNMP community string to generate SNMP traps for an RMON event entry.
variable The MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 The object type must be a 64-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables. This is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. absolute Enter the keyword absolute to test each MIB variable directly.
show rmon Display the RMON running status including the memory usage. Syntax show rmon Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. Syntax show rmon events [index] [brief] Parameters index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
event owner: event status: OK RMON event entry 114 description: event type: LOG and SNMP TRAP. event community: public event last time sent: none event owner: event status: OK Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon event brief index description -----------------------------1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 13 13 14 14 15 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 19 19 20 20 21 21 22 22 Dell# show rmon hc-alarm Display the contents of RMON High-Capacity alarm table.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon hc-alarm 1 RMON high-capacity alarm entry 2 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.4.2099844 sample interval: 10 sample type: delta value.
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON log table in an easyto-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet statistics table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Index) Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
HC 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 Dell# Example (Brief) 1504 Dell#show rmon statistics br index ifIndex interface ---------------------------------------6001 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 6002 100974631 TenGigabitEthernet 2/2 6003 101236775 TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 6004 101236775 TenGigabitEthernet 2/1 9001 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 3/2 9002 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 3/2 9003 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3/1 9004 134791198 TenGigabitEt
55 Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. Dell Networking OS supports RSTP. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority for RSTP.
debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu interface {in | out} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug the bridge protocol data units.
description Enter a description of the rapid spanning tree. Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the rapid spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-rstp”.) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the RSTP bridge. Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters max-age Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information RSTP is not enabled when you enter RSTP mode.
no disable bridge-priority 16384 show spanning-tree rstp Display the RSTP configuration. Syntax show spanning-tree rstp [brief] [guard] Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example (Brief) 1512 brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the RSTP configuration information. guard (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword guard to display the type of guard enabled on an RSTP interface and the current port state. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.7(0.
Root ID Priority 8192, Address 0001.e805.e306 Root Bridge hello time 4, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 16384, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID ---------- ------- --- ------- -------------------- -------Te 4/2 128.418 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.418 Te 4/1 128.419 128 20000 FWD 20000 16384 0001.e801.6aa8 128.419 Te 4/8 128.426 128 20000 FWD 20000 8192 0001.e805.
spanning-tree rstp Configure an RSTP interface with one of these settings: port cost, edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port priority, loop guard, or root guard. Syntax spanning-tree rstp {cost port-cost | edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-onviolation]] | priority priority | {loopguard | rootguard}} Parameters cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the C-Series, S-Series, and ESeries TeraScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation options. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 Added the optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
56 Software-Defined Networking (SDN) Dell Networking operating software supports Software-Defined Networking (SDN). For more information, refer to the SDN Deployment Guide.
57 Security The commands in this chapter are available on Dell Networking OS. This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: • AAA Accounting Commands • Authorization and Privilege Commands • Authentication and Password Commands • RADIUS Commands • TACACS+ Commands • Port Authentication (802.
commands {level | role role-name Enter the keyword command then a privilege level for accounting of commands executed at that privilege level or enter the keyword role then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role. name | default Enter one of the following: • For name, enter a user-defined name of a list of accounting methods. • For default, the default accounting methods used.
Dell(conf)# aaa accounting command role secaadmin default start-stop tacacs + Related Commands enable password — changes the password for the enable command. login authentication — enables AAA login authentication on the terminal lines. password — creates a password. tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. accounting Apply an accounting method list to terminal lines.
aaa accounting suppress Prevent the generation of accounting records of users with the user name value of NULL. Syntax aaa accounting suppress null-username To permit accounting records to users with user name value of NULL, use the no aaa accounting suppress null-username command. Defaults Accounting records are recorded for all users. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. You can use this command to configure the group of Radius servers used for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting purposes. If the RADIUS group is not configured for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting, then globally configured Radius servers are used for the purposes.
Task ID 16, EXEC Accounting record, 00:00:04 Elapsed, service=shell Dell# Related Commands aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function. Authorization and Privilege Commands To set command line authorization and privilege levels, use the following commands. authorization Apply an authorization method list to terminal lines.
Related Commands aaa authorization commands — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands aaa authorization exec — sets the parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. aaa authorization commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC and CONFIGURATION level commands.
aaa authorization config-commands Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC level commands. Syntax aaa authorization config-commands Disable authorization checking for CONFIGURATION level commands using the no aaa authorization config-commands command. Defaults Enabled when you configure aaa authorization commands command. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Obscure Password Commands To enable the obscure password, use the following commands. service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys. Syntax service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys, including RADIUS, TACACS+ keys, router authentication strings, VRRP authentication, use the service obscure-passwords command. Defaults Disabled.
Authentication and Password Commands To manage access to the system, use the following the commands. aaa authentication enable Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC privilege mode (the “Enable” access). Syntax aaa authentication enable {default | method-list-name} method [... method2] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication enable {default | methodlist-name} method [... method2] command.
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the Enable password is used. If you configure aaa authentication enable default, Dell Networking OS uses the methods defined for Enable access instead. Methods configured with the aaa authentication enable command are evaluated in the order they are configured. If authentication fails using the primary method, Dell Networking OS employs the second method (or third method, if necessary) automatically.
... method4 (OPTIONAL) Enter up to four additional methods. In the event of a “no response” from the first method, the system applies the next configured method (up to four configured methods). Defaults Not configured (that is, no authentication is performed). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
tacacs-server host — specifies a TACACS+ server host. access-class Restrict incoming connections to a particular IP address in a defined IP access control list (ACL). Syntax access-class access-list-name To delete a setting, use the no access-class command. Parameters access-list-name Enter the name of an established IP Standard ACL. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 7 then a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults No password is configured. level = 15.
enable restricted Allows Dell Networking technical support to access restricted commands. Syntax enable restricted [encryption-type] password To disallow access to restricted commands, use the no enable restricted command. Parameters encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 as the encryption type. Enter 7 followed a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router.
encryption-type (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 5 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 5 then a text string as the hidden password. The text string must be a password that was already encrypted by a Dell Networking router. Use this parameter only with a password that you copied from the show running-config file of another Dell Networking router. password Enter a text string, up to 32 characters long, as the clear text password. Defaults No password is configured. level = 15.
login authentication To configure authentication for console or remote access, apply an authentication method list. Syntax login authentication {method-list-name | default} To use the local user/password database for login authentication, use the no login authentication command. Parameters method-list-name Enter the keywords method-list-name to specify that method list, created in the aaa authentication login command, to be applied to the designated terminal line.
password Specify a password for users on terminal lines. Syntax password [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no password password command. Parameters encryption-type password (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the password entered. The options are • 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. Enter a text string up to 32 characters long.
username — establishes an authentication system based on user names. password-attributes Configure the password attributes (strong password).
Related Commands Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced lockout-period option on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines.
To keep unauthorized people from viewing passwords in the switch configuration file, use the service password-encryption command. This command encrypts the clear-text passwords created for user name passwords, authentication key passwords, the privileged command password, and console and virtual terminal line access passwords. To view passwords, use the show running-config command. show privilege View your access level.
Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to view all terminal lines in the switch. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.
timeout login response Specify how long the software waits for the login input (for example, the user name and password) before timing out. Syntax timeout login response seconds To return to the default values, use the no timeout login response command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds the software waits before logging you out. The range is: • VTY: the range is from 1 to 30 seconds, the default is 30 seconds.
Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. access-class access-list-name Enter the keywords access-class then the name of a configured access control list (either an IP access control list or MAC access control list). nopassword Enter the keyword nopassword to specify that the user should not enter a password. password Enter the keyword password then the encryption-type or the password. secret Enter the keyword secret then the encryption-type or the password.
Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To view the defined user names, use the show running-config user command. Related Commands password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. show running-config — views the current configuration. RADIUS Commands The following RADIUS commands are supported by Dell Networking OS. debug radius View RADIUS transactions to assist with troubleshooting.
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
radius-server key — sets an authentication key for RADIUS communications. radius-server retransmit — sets the number of times the RADIUS server attempts to send information. radius-server timeout — sets the time interval before the RADIUS server times out. radius-server host Configure a RADIUS server host.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
Syntax radius-server vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] To delete the association between a RADIUS server group and a VRF and source interface, use the no radius-server vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to associate a RADIUS server group with that VRF.
Dell(conf-radius-group)#radius-server vrf default radius-server key Configure a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server. Syntax radius-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a password, use the no radius-server key command. Parameters encryption-type key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text.
radius-server retransmit Configure the number of times the switch attempts to connect with the configured RADIUS host server before declaring the RADIUS host server unreachable. Syntax radius-server retransmit retries To configure zero retransmit attempts, use the no radius-server retransmit command. To return to the default setting, use the radius-server retransmit 3 command. Parameters retries Enter a number of attempts that FTOS tries to locate a RADIUS server. The range is from zero (0) to 100.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Usage Information If the TACACS group is not configured for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting, then globally configured TACACS servers are used for the purposes. When the TACACS group is removed, the AAA configuration is also removed. Example Dell(conf)#tacacs-server group group1 Dell(conf-tacacs-group)#tacacs-server host 1.1.1.1 key secret Dell(conf-tacacs-group)#tacacs-server host 2.2.2.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information You can associate a TACACS server group with a VRF. Example Dell(conf)#tacacs-server group group1 Dell(conf-tacacs-group)#tacacs-server host 1.1.1.1 key secret Dell(conf-tacacs-group)#tacacs-server host 2.2.2.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Authentication key length increased to 42 characters. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
key • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden. Enter a text string, up to 42 characters long, as the clear text password. Leading spaces are ignored. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
• For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes TACACS SERVER GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.4.(0.
• If 802.1X authorization is enabled and all information from the RADIUS server is valid, the port is placed in the specified VLAN after authentication. • If port security is enabled on an 802.1X port with VLAN assignment, the port is placed in the RADIUS server assigned VLAN. • If 802.1X is disabled on the port, it is returned to the configured access VLAN. • When the port is in the Force Authorized, Force Unauthorized, or Shutdown state, it is placed in the configured access VLAN. • If an 802.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x authentication (Configuration) — enables dot1x globally. dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication.
Related Commands dot1x port-control — enables port-control on an interface. dot1x guest-vlan — configures a guest VLAN for non-dot1x devices. show dot1x interface — displays the 802.1X information on an interface. dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN.
Usage Information Version Description 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-auth-bypass command. dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
dot1x reauthentication Enable periodic re-authentication of the client. Syntax dot1x reauthentication [interval seconds] To disable periodic re-authentication, use the no dot1x reauthentication command. Parameters interval seconds (Optional) Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which re-authentication is initiated. The range is from 1 to 31536000 (1 year). The default is3600 (1 hour).
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command.
Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface. Syntax show dot1x interface interface Parameters Defaults interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize Dell# show dot1x interface fortyGigE 1/48 802.
NOTE: This option is not available in FIPS mode. Defaults Key size 1024; if you enable FIPS mode, the key size is 2048. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL debug ip ssh Enables collecting SSH debug information.
To return to the default setting, use the no ip scp topdir command. Parameters directory Enter a directory name. Defaults The internal flash (flash:) is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command specifies the maximum number of attempts to authenticate a user on an SSH connection with the remote host for password authentication. SSH disconnects when the number of password failures exceeds authentication-retries.
Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable hostbased-authentication for SSHv2 server. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The server-generated key is used for SSHv1 key-exchange.
ip ssh pub-key-file Specify the file used for host-based authentication. Syntax ip ssh pub-key-file {WORD} Parameters WORD Enter the file name for the host-based authentication. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
ip ssh rekey Configures the time rekey-interval or volume rekey-limit threshold at which to re-generate the SSH key during an SSH session. Syntax ip ssh rekey [time rekey-interval] [volume rekey-limit] To reset to the default, use no ip ssh rekey [time rekey-interval] [volume rekeylimit] command. Parameters time minutes Enter the keywords time then the amount of time in minutes. The range is from 10 to 1440 minutes.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh rhostsfile flash://shosts Dell(conf)# Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication. This creates/ file overwrites the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/shosts file and deletes the user-specified file.
Usage Information Version Description pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Enabling RSA authentication allows the user to log in without being prompted for a password. In addition, the OpenSSH compatible SSHv2 RSA public key must be added to the list of authorized keys (ip ssh rsa-authentication my-authorized-keys device://filename command). ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. SSH server is enabled by default. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access.
mac hmacalgorithm Enter the keyword mac then a space-delimited list of hash message authentication code (HMAC) algorithms supported by the SSH server for keying hashing for the message authentication. The following HMAC algorithms are available: • hmac-sha1 • hmac-sha1-96 • hmac-sha2-256 • hmac-sha2-256-96 When FIPS is enabled, the default HMAC algorithm is hmac-sha1-96.
• When FIPS is enabled, the default is hmac-sha1-96. • When FIPS is not enabled, the default is hmac-md5,hmac-md5-96,hmac-sha1,hmac-sha1-96,hmacsha2-256,hmac-sha2-256-96. • When FIPS is enabled, the default is diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. • When FIPS is not enabled, the default is diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha1,diffie-hellman-group1sha1,diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters vrf management Enter the key word vrf followed by the keyword management to configure an SSH server on a management VRF. vrf vrf-name Enter the key word vrf followed by the VRF name to configure an SSH server on that VRF. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
• For a Null interface, enter the keyword null then the Null interface number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.
Usage Information If you configure a VRF for an SSH session, then you need not explicitly mention the same VRF for the SSH client sessions intended for that VRF. The vrf attribute in the ip ssh vrf command is applicable for both the SSH client as well as the COPY (SCP) commands. Example Dell(conf)#ip ssh vrf vrf1 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.2 -l admin Dell(conf)#no ip ssh vrf vrf1 show crypto Display the public part of the SSH host-keys.
Related Commands crypto key generate — generates the SSH keys. show ip ssh Display information about established SSH sessions. Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. show ip ssh Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show ip ssh client-pub-keys Display the client public keys used in host-based authentication. Syntax show ip ssh client-pub-keys Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.
Parameters my-authorized-keys Display the RSA authorized keys. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. -c encryption cipher Enable the “FIPS mode enable", this mode will support only v2 client. "no fips mode enable"(disable) will support v1 & v2 client. This comment is applicable for both ciphers & HMAC algorithms: • 3des-cbc: Force ssh to use 3des-cbc encryption cipher.
Version Description 8.3.12.0 Added support for the -c and -m parameters on the S4810. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Introduced on the C-Series. pre-6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Dell Networking OS supports both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface.
Related Commands show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82. Syntax ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream Parameters trust-downstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Usage Information When enabled, no learning takes place until you enable snooping on a VLAN. After disabling DHCP Snooping, the binding table is deleted and Option 82, IP Source Guard, and Dynamic ARP Inspection are disabled. Related Commands ip dhcp snooping vlan — enables DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table.
Related Commands Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. Syntax ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes Parameters minutes The range is from 5 to 21600. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping trust Configure an interface as trusted. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping trust Defaults Untrusted Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping vlan Enable DHCP Snooping on one or more VLANs. Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping vlan name Parameters name Enter the name of a VLAN on which to enable DHCP Snooping. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000–ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. clear ip dhcp snooping — clears the contents of the DHCP binding table. Role-Based Access Control Commands With Role-Based Access Control (RBAC), access and authorization is controlled based on a user’s role.
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. By default, access to commands are determined by the user’s role (if defined) or by the user’s privilege level. If the aaa authorization role-only command is enabled, then only the user’s role is used. Before you enable role-based only AAA authorization: Related Commands 1. Locally define a system administrator user role.
Usage Information Version Description E-Series Original command. Users entering EXEC Privilege mode or any other configured privilege level can access configuration commands. To protect against unauthorized access, use the enable password command to configure a password for the enable command at a specific privilege level. If no privilege level is specified, the default is privilege level 15.
Command History Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. userrole show role Display information on permissions assigned to a command, including user role and/or permission level. Syntax show role mode {mode} {command} Parameters command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or all of the keywords.
Route-map Protocol MAC Exec Config Exec Config Interface Line Router IP Route-map Protocol MAC secadmin sysadmin netoperator testadmin Command Modes Command History Related Commands netadmin Exec Config Interface Line Router IP Route-map Protocol MAC EXEC Privilege Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. userrole, username userrole Create user roles for the role-based security model.
inherited by security administrator can only modify permissions for commands they already have access to. • Make sure you select the correct role you want to inherit. NOTE: If you inherit a user role, you cannot modify or delete the inheritance. If you want to change or remove the inheritance, delete the user role and create it again. If the user role is in use, you cannot delete the user role.
58 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel. Dell Networking OS supports L2PT on Dell Networking OS.
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. in | out | both Enter the keyword in, out, or both to debug incoming interfaces, outgoing interfaces, or both incoming and outgoing interfaces. vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. count value Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs. The range is from 1 to 100. Defaults Debug disabled.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guid. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.1 Added support for 802.1X, E-LMI, GMRP, GVRP, LLDP, LACP, MMRP, MVRP, and OAM 802.
Version Description 7.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information When you enable VLAN-Stacking, no protocol packets are tunneled. Related Command show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. protocol-tunnel enable Enable protocol tunneling globally on the system. Syntax protocol-tunnel enable To disable protocol tunneling, use the no protocol-tunnel enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series and E-Series ExaScale. 7.4.1.
59 sFlow The Dell Networking operating software (OS) supports sFlow commands on Dell Networking OS. Dell Networking operating software sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command. Parameters sflow collector ipaddress | ipv6address Enter the IP address of the collector in dotted decimal format for IPv4 or x:x:x:x::x format for IPv6.
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can configure up to two sFlow collectors (IPv4 or IPv6). If two collectors are configured, traffic samples are sent to both. The sFlow agent address is carried in a field in SFlow packets and is used by the collector to identify the sFlow agent. In sFlow, the agent address is a single invariant IPv4 or IPv6 address used to identify the agent to the collector.
Version Description 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information sFlow is disabled by default. In addition to this command, sFlow needs to be enable on individual interfaces where sFlow sampling is desired. Related Commands sflow enable (Interface) — enables sFlow on interfaces. sflow ingress-enable Enable sFlow ingress on interfaces. Syntax sflow ingress-enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow ingress enable command. Defaults Disabled.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S Series and Z Series switches. Dell(conf)#sflow max-header-size extended sflow polling-interval (Global) Set the sFlow polling interval at a global level. Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command. Parameters interval value Enter the interval value in seconds. The range is from 15 to 86400 seconds. The default is 20 seconds.
sflow polling-interval (Interface) Set the sFlow polling interval at an interface (overrides the global-level setting.) Syntax sflow polling-interval interval value To return to the default, use the no sflow polling-interval interval command. Parameters interval value Enter the interval value in seconds. The range is from 15 to 86400 seconds. The default is the global counter polling interval. Defaults The same value as the current global default counter polling interval.
Defaults 32768 packets Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking. 8.1.1.
Parameters Command Modes Command History unit-number • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0(1.3) (OPTIONAL) Enter the stack-unit keyword followed by the unit number. The range is 0 to 11. Introduced on S5000. Usage Information The dropEvent counter (sFlow samples dropped due to sub-sampling) shown in the Example below always displays a value of zero.
60 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on Dell Networking OS. The chapter contains the following sections: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking OS.
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Version Description E-Series legacy command Usage Information The following Example displays a group named ngroup. The ngroup has a security model of version 3 (v3) with authentication (auth), the read and notify name is nview with no write view name specified, and finally the row status is active.
Dell# snmp ifmib ifalias long Display the entire description string through the Interface MIB, which would be truncated otherwise to 63 characters. Syntax snmp ifmib ifalias long Defaults Interface description truncated beyond 63 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
snmp-server community Configure a new community string access for SNMPv1 v2 and v3.
If a community string is configured without a security-name (for example, snmp-server community public ro), the community is mapped to a default security-name/group: • v1v2creadu / v1v2creadg — maps to a community with ro (read-only) permissions. • v1v2cwriteu/ v1v2cwriteg — maps to a community with rw (read-write) permissions. The community-name parameter indexes this command. If you do not configure the snmp-server community command, you cannot query SNMP data.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
• cam-utilization • fan • supply • temperature For the snmp notification-type, enter one of the following optional parameters: • authentication • coldstart • linkdown • linkup • syslog-reachable • syslog-unreachable Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
snmp-server engineID Configure the name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router. Syntax snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address udp-port portnumber engineID] To return to the default, use the no snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ipaddress udp-port port-number engineID] command. Parameters local engineID Enter the keyword local followed by the engine ID number that identifies the copy of the SNMP on the local device.
For the remote Engine ID, the host IP and UDP port are the indexes to the command that are matched to either overwrite or remove the configuration. Related Commands show snmp engineID — displays the SNMP engine and all the remote engines that are configured on the router. show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration. snmp-server group Configure a new SNMP group or a table that maps SNMP users to SNMP views.
notify name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword notify then a name (a string of up to 20 characters long) as the notify view name. access access-listname (Optional) Enter the standard IPv4 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter the keyword ipv6 then the IPv6 access list name (a string up to 16 characters long). access-list-name ipv6 access-listname (Optional) Enter both an IPv4 and IPv6 access list name. Defaults As above.
snmp-server host Configure the recipient of an SNMP trap operation. Syntax snmp-server host ip-address | ipv6-address traps | informs [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | no auth | priv] [community-string] [udp-port port-number] [notification-type] To remove the SNMP host, use the no snmp-server host ip-address traps | informs [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | noauth | priv] [community-string] [udp-port number] [notification-type] command.
• bgp — Enable BGP state change traps. • ecfm — Enable ECFM state change traps. • entity — Enable entity change traps. • envmon — Enable SNMP environmental monitor traps. • eoam — Enable EOAM state change traps • ets — Enable ets traps • fips — Enable FIP Snooping state change traps • lacp — Enable LACP state change traps. • isis — Enable ISIS adjacency change traps • pfc — Enable pfc traps • snmp — Enable SNMP trap • stp — Enable 802.
In order to enable multiple hosts, issue a separate snmp-server host command for each host. You can specify multiple notification types in the command for each host. When multiple snmp-server host commands are given for the same host and type of notification (trap or inform), each succeeding command overwrites the previous command. Only the last snmp-server host command will be in effect.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted. Wen the SNMP server is receiving a request or generating a reply, use the snmpserver packetsize global configuration command.
snmp-server trap-source Configure a specific interface as the source for SNMP traffic. Syntax snmp-server trap-source interface To disable sending traps out a specific interface, use the no snmp trap-source command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
snmp-server user Configure a new user to an SNMP group.
des56 | aes128 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword des56 or aes128 to specify the encryption mode. • aes128 — Use 128 bit AES algorithm in CFB mode for encryption. • des56 — Use 56 bit DES algorithm in CBC mode for encryption. priv password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the host to encrypt the contents of the message it sends to the agent. Minimum: eight characters long.
Example Dell# snmp-server user privuser v3group v3 encrypted auth md5 9fc53d9d908118b2804fe80e3ba8763d priv des56 d0452401a8c3ce42804fe80e3ba8763d Usage Information The following command is an example of how to enter a plain-text password as the string authpasswd for user authuser of group v3group.
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.3(0.
Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The oid-tree variable is a full sub-tree starting from 1.3.6 and cannot specify the name of a sub-tree or a MIB. The following Example configures a view named rview that allows access to all objects under 1.3.6.1.
snmp trap link-status Enable the interface to send SNMP link traps, which indicate whether the interface is up or down. Syntax snmp trap link-status To disable sending link trap messages, use the no snmp trap link-status command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Related Commands logging buffered — sets the logging buffered parameters. default logging console Return the default settings for messages logged to the console. Syntax default logging console Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging monitor — sets the logging monitor parameters. terminal monitor — sends system messages to the terminal/monitor. default logging trap Return to the default settings for logging messages to the Syslog servers.
logging Configure an IP address or host name of a Syslog server where logging messages are sent. Multiple logging servers of both IPv4 and/or IPv6 can be configured. Syntax logging {ip-address | ipv6-address | hostname} {{udp {port}} | {tcp {port}} To disable logging, use the no logging command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::X format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
Related Commands logging on — enables the logging asynchronously to logging buffer, console, Syslog server, and terminal lines. logging trap — enables logging to the Syslog server based on severity. logging buffered Enable logging and specify which messages are logged to an internal buffer. By default, all messages are logged to the internal buffer. Syntax logging buffered [level] [size] To return to the default values, use the default logging buffered command.
Usage Information When you decrease the buffer size, all messages stored in the buffer are lost. Increasing the buffer size does not affect messages stored in the buffer. Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging buffered — returns the logging buffered parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging console Specify which messages are logged to the console.
default logging console — returns the logging console parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers. Syntax logging facility [facility-type] To return to the default values, use the no logging facility command.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you configure the snmp-server trap-source command, the system messages logged to the history table are also sent to the SNMP network management station. Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer.
Usage Information When the number of messages reach the limit you set with the logging history size command, older messages are deleted as newer ones are added to the table. Related Commands show logging — displays information logged to the history buffer. logging monitor Specify which messages are logged to Telnet applications. Syntax logging monitor [level] To disable logging to terminal connections, use the no logging monitor command.
logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines. Syntax logging on To disable logging to logging buffer, Syslog server and terminal lines, use the no logging on command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For the Management interface on the stack-unit, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1. The port range is 0.
logging synchronous Synchronize unsolicited messages and Dell Networking OS output. Syntax logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-of-buffers] To disable message synchronization, use the no logging synchronous [level level | all] [limit number-of-buffers] command. Parameters all Enter the keyword all to ensure that all levels are printed asynchronously. level level Enter the keyword level then a number as the severity level. A high number indicates a low severity level and vice versa.
logging trap Specify which messages are logged to the Syslog server based the message severity. Syntax logging trap [level] To return to the default values, use the default logging trap command. To disable logging, use the no logging trap command. Parameters level Indicate a value from 0 to 7 or enter one of the following parameters: emergencies, alerts, critical, errors, warnings, notifications, informational, or debugging. The default is 6 or informational.
Parameters Command Modes Command History number (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of messages displayed in the output. The range is from 1 to 65535. history (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword history to view only information in the Syslog history table. reverse (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword reverse to view the Syslog messages in FIFO (first in, first out) order. summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view a table showing the number of messages per type and per slot. Slots *7* and *8* represent RPMs.
Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: 1.1.10.2 (Hold time expired) Oct 8 09:25:38: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Oct 8 09:26:25: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: 1.1.11.2 closed. Neighbor recycled Oct 8 09:26:25: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: 1.1.14.2 closed. Neighbor recycled --More-Example (History) Neighbor 192.1.1.
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
61 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the Dell Networking switch/routing platform. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value.
debug spanning-tree Enable debugging of the spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol. Syntax debug spanning-tree {stp-id [all | bpdu | config | events | exceptions | general | root] | protocol} To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree command. Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0. protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug, either mstp, pvst, or rstp.
To remove the description from the spanning tree, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-stp”.) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Related Commands Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Listening state and the Learning state before transitioning to the Forwarding state. Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command.
hello-time Set the time interval between generation of the spanning tree bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). Syntax hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10. The default is 2 seconds. Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information STP is not enabled when you enter SPANNING TREE mode. To enable STP globally on the switch, use the no disable command from SPANNING TREE mode. Example Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree 0 Dell(config-stp)# Related Commands disable — disables spanning tree group 0. To enable spanning tree group 0, use the no disable command.
show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group. active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in spanning tree group 0.
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Enable spanning tree group 0 prior to using this command. The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 command shown in the example. Example Field Description “Bridge Identifier...” Lists the bridge priority and the MAC address for this STP bridge. “Configured hello...” Displays the settings for hello time, max age, and forward delay. “We are...” States whether this bridge is the root bridge for the STG.
The port is not in the portfast mode Port 27 (TenGigabitEthernet 1/2) is Forwarding Port path cost 4, Port priority 8, Port Identifier 8.27 Designated root has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated bridge has priority 32768, address 0001.e800.0a56 Designated port id is 8.
spanning-tree 0 Assigns a Layer 2 interface to STP instance 0 and configures a port cost or port priority, or enables loop guard, root guard, or the Portfast feature on the interface. Syntax spanning-tree stp-id {cost cost | {loopguard | rootguard} | portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority} To disable Spanning Tree group on an interface, use the no spanning-tree stp-id {cost cost | {loopguard | rootguard} | portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority} command.
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you enable portfast bpduguard on an interface and the interface receives a BPDU, the software disables the interface and sends a message stating that fact. The port is in ERR_DISABLE mode, yet appears in the show interface commands as enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-onviolation, BPDUs still are sent to the RPM CPU.
62 Stacking Commands All commands in this chapter are specific to the Dell Networking OS on the S5000 switch. The commands are always available and operational. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S5000 units. For information about using the S5000 stacking feature, refer to the Stacking chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide for the S5000.
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.1.0 Added the members option.
Example Related Commands • reload – reboots Dell Networking OS. show redundancy Display the current redundancy configuration (status of automatic reboot configuration on stack management unit). Syntax show redundancy Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Defaults Command Modes Command History none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
Command History Example Version 8.3.10.2 Introduced on the S4810. Dell#show system stack-unit 0 stack-group Stack Group Ports -----------------------------0 0/0, 1, 2, 3 1 0/4, 5, 6, 7 2 0/8, 9, 10, 11 3 0/12, 13, 14, 15 4 0/16, 17, 18, 19 ... 13 0/48 14 0/52 15 0/56 16 0/60 stack-unit priority Configure the ability of a switch to become the management unit of a stack. Syntax stack-unit stack-unit number priority 1-14 Parameters stack-number Enter the stack member unit identifier.
stack-unit renumber Change the stack member ID of any stack member or a stand-alone unit. Syntax Parameters stack-unit 0-11 renumber 0-11 0-11 Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information The first instance of this value is the stack member unit identifier, from 0 to 11, of the switch that you want add to the stack. The range is: 0 to 11. The second instance of this value is the desired new unit identifier number. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.12.0 Reset command mode from EXEC to CONFIGURATION.
file-path Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the path and filename to be used to upgrade the boot image. Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information You must reload the stack after entering the upgrade boot stack-unit command to boot up stack units with the n code.
!.!.!.!!.01:01:34: %STKUNIT7-M:CP %SYSADM-5-CPU_THRESHOLD: Overall cpu usage of stac 10 is above threshold. Cpu1minUsage (90%) 01:01:34: %STKUNIT7-M:CP %SYSADM-5-TASK_CPU_THRESHOLD: 1min cpu utilization of stack has exceeded the threshold. Top three processes are dla (88.75%), KP (2.50%), frrpaR (0.00%) !.!.!.!.!01:01:40: %STKUNIT7-M:CP %SYSADM-5-CPU_THRESHOLD: Overall cpu usage of stac is above threshold.
A: | B: Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.3) Enter the Dell Networking OS partition to be upgraded with the new image. Introduced on the S5000. Usage Information You must reload Dell Networking OS after executing this command. Use the upgrade system stackunit command to copy Dell Networking OS from the management unit to one or more stack members.
63 Storm Control The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and S-Series). Storm control is supported on Dell Networking OS. Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
• Defaults Command Modes Command History For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. none • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Broadcast storm control is valid on Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces only. Layer 2 broadcast traffic is treated as unknown-unicast traffic.
storm-control multicast (Configuration) Configure the packets per second (pps) of multicast traffic allowed into the C-Series and S-Series networks only. Syntax storm-control multicast packets_per_second in To disable storm-control for multicast traffic into the network, use the no storm-control multicast packets_per_second in command. Parameters packets_per_secon d in Enter the packets per second of multicast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Usage Information Version Description 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Unknown Unicast Storm-Control is valid for Layer 2 and Layer 2/Layer 3 interfaces. storm-control unknown-unicast (Interface) Configure percentage of unknown-unicast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only).
Storm Control Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Added the percentage decimal value option. 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
64 System Time and Date The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.
start-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. start-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-week Enter the one of the following as the week that daylight saving ends: • week-number: enter a number from 1 to 4 as the number of the week to end daylight saving time. • first: enter the keyword first to end daylight saving time in the first week of the month.
clock timezone Configure a timezone for the switch. Syntax clock timezone timezone-name offset To delete a timezone configuration, use the no clock timezone command. Parameters timezone-name Enter the name of the timezone. You cannot use spaces. offset Enter one of the following: • a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours in addition to universal time coordinated (UTC) for the timezone. • a minus sign (-) then a number from 1 to 23 as the number of hours. Defaults Not configured.
Parameters adjust Enter the keyword adjust to display information on NTP clock adjustments. all Enter the keyword all to display information on all NTP transactions. authentication Enter the keyword authentication to display information on NTP authentication transactions. events Enter the keyword events to display information on NTP events. loopfilter Enter the keyword loopfilter to display information on NTP local clock frequency.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You also must configure an authentication key for NTP traffic using the ntp authentication-key command.
Usage Information Version Description 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. After configuring the ntp authentication-key command, configure the ntp trusted-key command to complete NTP authentication. Dell Networking OS versions 8.2.1.0 and later use an encryption algorithm to store the authentication key that is different from previous Dell Networking OS versions; beginning in version 8.2.1.
ntp disable Prevent an interface from receiving NTP packets. Syntax ntp disable To re-enable NTP on an interface, use the no ntp disable command. Defaults Disabled (that is, if you configure an NTP host, all interfaces receive NTP packets) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 multicast addresses. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to configure a NTP time-serving host corresponding to that VRF. ipv4-address | ipv6address Enter an IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of NTP server. hostname Enter the hostname of the server. key keyid (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword key and a number as the NTP peer key. The range is from 1 to 4294967295.
ntp source Specify an interface’s IP address to be included in the NTP packets. Syntax ntp source interface To delete the configuration, use the no ntp source command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.
Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show clock 11:05:56.949 UTC Thu Oct 25 2001 Dell# Example (Detail) Dell#show clock detail 12:18:10.
Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: • * means synchronized to this peer. • # means almost synchronized to this peer. • + means the peer was selected for possible synchronization. • - means the peer is a candidate for selection. • ~ means the peer is statically configured. remote Displays the remote IP address of the NTP peer. ref clock Displays the IP address of the remote peer’s reference clock.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.4.(0.0) Added support for VRF. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ntp status Display the current NTP status. Syntax Command Modes Command History show ntp status • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
Field Description “frequency is...” Displays the frequency (in ppm), stability (in ppm) and precision (in Hertz) of the clock in this system. “reference time is...” Displays the reference time stamp. “clock offset is...” Displays the system offset to the synchronized peer and the time delay on the path to the NTP root clock. “root dispersion is...” Displays the root and path dispersion. “peer mode is...” State what NTP mode the switch is. This should be Client mode.
65 u-Boot All commands in this chapter are in u-Boot and are supported on the Dell Networking OS for S5000 platform. To access this mode, press any key when the following line appears on the console during a system boot: Hit any key to stop autoboot: You enter u-Boot immediately, as indicated by the => prompt. NOTE: This chapter describes only a few commands available in u-Boot. NOTE: You cannot use the Tab key to complete commands in this mode.
primary_boot=f10boot tftp://10.11.9.2/si-S4810-40g secondary_boot=f10boot flash0 default_boot=f10boot tftp://192.168.128.1/FTOS-SC-1.2.0.0E3.bin gatewayip=10.11.192.254 ipaddr=10.11.198.114 netmask=255.255.0.0 mgmtautoneg=true mgmtspeed100=true mgmtfullduplex=true stdin=serial stdout=serial stderr=serial Environment size: 1002/8188 bytes => Usage Information • ethaddr=00:01:E8:82:09:B2 is the MAC address. • primary_boot=f10boot tftp://10.11.9.
Command History Usage Information Version 9.0(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. You must save your changes before resetting the system or all your changes will be lost. syntax help Display command syntax information. S5000 Syntax syntax help Command Modes BOOT USER Command History Example Version 9.0(1.0) Introduced on the S5000. BOOT_USER # syntax help ***** Dell Networking Boot Interface Help Information ***** Current access level: USER LEVEL Use "syntax help" for more information on syntax.
set the management port to no auto negotiate.
66 Tunneling Tunneling is supported on Dell Networking OS. ip unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv4 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address. Syntax ip unnumbered {interface-type slot/port} To set the tunnel back to default logical address use the no ip unnumbered command. If the tunnel was previously operational, the tunnel interface is operationally down unless you also configure the tunnel IPv6 address.
ipv6 unnumbered Configure a tunnel interface to operate without a unique IPv6 address and select the interface from which the tunnel borrows its address. Syntax ipv6 unnumbered {interface-type interface-number} To set the tunnel back to default logical address use the no ipv6 unnumbered command. If the tunnel was previously operational, the tunnel interface is operationally down unless you also configure the tunnel IPv4 address. Parameters interface-type interface-number Defaults None.
mask (OPTIONAL) Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D to match a range of remote addresses. The default mask is /32 for IPv4 addresses and /128 for IPv6 addresses, which match only the specified address. Defaults If you do not configure tunnel allow remote , all traffic which is destined to tunnel source address is decapsulated. Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.
To establish a logical tunnel to the particular destination address, use the destination address of the outer tunnel header. If you configure a tunnel interface or source address, the tunnel destination must be compatible. tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header. C9000 Series Syntax tunnel dscp {mapped | value} To use the default tunnel mapping behavior, use the no tunnel dscp value command.
Parameters value Enter a value to set the IPv6 flow label value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 1048575. The default value is 0. Defaults 0 (Mapped original packet flow-label value to tunnel header flow-label value) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000.
To disable the tunnel keepalive probes use the no tunnel keepalive command. Parameters ip-address ipv6 address Enter the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the peer to which the keepalive probes will be sent. interval seconds Enter the keyword interval then the interval time, in seconds, after which the restart process to keepalive probe packets. The range is from 5 to 255. The default is 5. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. The range is from 3 to 10.
Parameters ipip Enable tunnel in RFC 2003 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel. ipv6 Enable tunnel in RFC 2473 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv6 tunnel. ipv6ip Enable tunnel in RFC 4213 mode and encapsulate IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel. decapsulate-any (Optional) Enable tunnel in multipoint receive-only mode. Defaults There is no default tunnel mode.
• anylocal For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Enter the anylocal command to allow the multipoint receive-only tunnel to decapsulate tunnel packets destined to any local ip address. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History Usage Information 1716 Tunneling Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4(0.0) Added the tunnel source anylocal command. 9.3(0.
67 Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link. clear ufd-disable Re-enable one or more downstream interfaces on the switch/router that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state so that an interface can send and receive traffic.
• uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. debug uplink-state-group Enable debug messages for events related to a specified uplink-state group or all groups. Syntax debug uplink-state-group [group-id] To turn off debugging event messages, enter the no debug uplink-state-group [group-id] command. Parameters group-id Enables debugging on the specified uplink-state group. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplinkstate group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both. You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group.
downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that are disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down. Syntax downstream disable links {number |all} To revert to the default setting, use the no downstream disable links command. Parameters number Enter the number of downstream links to be brought down by UFD. The range is from 1 to 1024. all Brings down all downstream links in the group.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.
! uplink state track 2 downstream TenGigabitEthernet 1/1,3,5,7-10 upstream FortygigabitEthernet 1/31,42 Related Commands • show uplink-state-group — displays the status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups.
Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 3 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Te 1/25(Up) Te 1/28(Up) Downstream Interfaces : Te 5/1(Up) Te 5/1(Up) Te 5/3(Up) Te 5/5(Up) Te 5/6(Up) Uplink State Group : 5 Status: Enabled, Down Upstream Interfaces : Te 1/1(Dwn) Te 1/3(Dwn) Te 1/5(Dwn) Downstream Interfaces : Te 5/2(Dis) Te 5/4(Dis) Te 5/11(Dis) Te 5/12(Dis) Te 5/13(Dis) Te 5/14(Dis) Te 5/15(Dis) Uplink State Group : 6 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interf
Usage Information After you enter the command, to assign upstream and downstream interfaces to the group, enter UplinkState-Group Configuration mode. An uplink-state group is considered to be operationally up if at least one upstream interface in the group is in the Link-Up state. An uplink-state group is considered to be operationally down if no upstream interfaces in the group are in the Link-Up state. No uplink-state tracking is performed when a group is disabled or in an operationally down state.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group.
68 VLAN Stacking With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell Networking operating software supports this feature on Dell Networking OS. For more information about basic VLAN commands, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dei honor Honor the incoming DEI value by mapping it to an Dell Networking OS drop precedence. Enter the command once for 0 and once for 1. Syntax dei honor {0 | 1} {green | red | yellow} Parameters 0|1 Enter the bit value you want to map to a color.
dei mark Set the DEI value on egress according to the color currently assigned to the packet. Syntax Parameters dei mark {green | yellow} {0 | 1} 0|1 Enter the bit value you want to map to a color. green | red | yellow Choose a color: • Green: High priority packets that are the least preferred to be dropped. • Yellow: Lower priority packets that are treated as best-effort. Defaults All the packets on egress are marked with DEI 0.
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.
Gi Gi Gi Gi Related Commands 0/1 0/1 8/9 8/40 0 1 1 0 Green Yellow Red Yellow dei honor — Honor the incoming DEI value by mapping it to an Dell Networking OS drop precedence. show interface dei-mark Display the dei mark configuration. Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Example show interface dei-mark [interface slot/port | linecard number port-set number] interface slot/port Enter the interface type followed by the line card slot and port number.
[no] Use no stack-unit unit-id stack-group stack-id to remove the current stack group configuration. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.
Version Description E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to enabling this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, enter the switchport command. To remove the access port designation, remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN enabled VLANs. vlan-stack compatible Enable the stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN. Syntax vlan-stack compatible To disable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN, use the no vlan-stack compatible command.
Codes: * - Default VLAN, G - GVRP VLANs * NUM 1 2 Status Inactive Active 3 Active 4 Active 5 Active Q Ports M M M M M M M M M M M Dell# Te 1/13 Te 1/1-3 Po1(Te 1/14-15) Te 1/18 Te 1/4 Po1(Te 1/14-15) Te 1/18 Te 1/5 Po1(Te 1/14-15) Te 1/18 Te 1/6 vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts.
vlan-stack protocol-type Define the stackable VLAN tag protocol identifier (TPID) for the outer VLAN tag (also called the VMAN tag). If you do not configure this command, Dell Networking OS assigns the value 0x9100. Syntax Parameters vlan-stack protocol-type number number Enter the hexadecimal number as the stackable VLAN tag. You may specify both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. The range is from 0 to FFFF. The default is 9100.
vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. Syntax vlan-stack trunk To remove a trunk port designation from the selected interface, use the no vlan-stack trunk command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Example 1 Dell(conf-if-te-1/42)#switchport Dell(conf-if-te-1/42)#vlan-stack trunk Dell(conf-if-te-1/42)#show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/42 no ip address switchport vlan-stack trunk no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-1/42)#interface vlan 100 Dell(conf-if-vl-100)#vlan-stack compatible Dell(conf-if-vl-100-stack)#member tengigabitethernet 1/42 Dell(conf-if-vl-100-stack)#show config ! interface Vlan 100 no ip address vlan-stack compatible member TenGigabitEthernet 1/42 shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-100-stack)#
69 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to co-exist on the same router at the same time. ip vrf Creates a customer VRF. Syntax ip vrf {vrf-name | management} [vrf_id] To delete a customer VRF, use the no ip vrf {vrf-name | management} [vrf_id] command. Parameters vrf-name Enter the name of the VRF that you want to create. management Use this keyword when you want to create the management VRF.
ip http vrf Configures an HTTP client with a VRF that is used to connect to the HTTP server. S5000 Syntax ip http vrf {management | vrf-name} To undo the HTTP client configuration, use the ip http vrf command. Parameters management Enter the keyword management for configuring the management VRF that uses an HTTP client. vrf-name Enter the name of the VRF for configuring a nondefault that uses an HTTP client.
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series. Use this command to specify a descriptive name for a VRF. ip vrf forwarding Enables you to attach an interface to a VRF. Syntax ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} To delete an interface associated with a configured VRF, use the no ip vrf forwarding {vrf-name | management} command. Parameters vrf-name Enter name of the VRF that you want to associate the interface to.
ip vrf red 4 description "Red Network" Dell(conf-vrf)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/45)#int te 7/46 Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)#no shut Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)#ip vrf forwarding red Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)#ip add 100.1.1.1/24 Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)#show config ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 1/46 ip vrf forwarding red ip address 100.1.1.1/24 no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-1/46)# ip route-export Enables route leaking between VRFs.
Only Active routes are eligible for leaking. For example, if one VRF has two routes corresponding to BGP and OSPF, in which the BGP route is not active, the OSPF route takes precedence over BGP. Even though the Target VRF has specified filtering options to match BGP, the BGP route is not leaked as that route is not active in the Source VRF. Related Commands ip route-import – imports routes from another VRF.
ipv6 route-export Enables route leaking between VRFs. Exports or shares IPv6 routes corresponding to one VRF with other non-default VRFs. Syntax Parameters Defaults ipv6 route-export tag [route-map-name] route-export Enter the keyword route-export to leak or share routes between VRFs. tag Enter a tag (ASN number) as the export route target to expose routes to other VRFs. This tag acts as an identifier for exported routes.
Parameters route-import Enter the keyword route-import to import IPv6 routes into the VRF. tag Enter a tag (ASN number) to specify an import route target for importing routes from another VRF. To import leaked routes from another VRF, you must use the same ASN number that is specified as the export route target at the source VRF. route-map-name Enter the name of the route-map to filter the imported routes. NOTE: You must use the route-map attribute while importing routes from the global RTM.
Usage Information You can specify the matching criteria only after defining a route-map. Before using this command, you must enter the route map mode using the route-map route-map-name command. The match criteria that you specify is associated with the route-map that you define. The export-target and import-target support only the match protocol and match prefix-list options. Other options that are configured in the route-maps are ignored.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.4.(0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Use this command to associate a management port with a management VRF.
Usage Information If the maximum route limit is not specified for a VRF, then it has unlimited space that extends to the maximum number of entries allowed for the system. This command is not applicable to the default and management VRFs. show ip vrf Displays information corresponding to the VRFs that are configured in the system. Syntax Parameters Command Modes show ip [vrf vrf-name] vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to display information corresponding to that VRF..
test1 1 Te 0/14,16-17 show run vrf Displays configuration information corresponding to all the VRFs in the system. Syntax show run vrf vrf-name Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF.. This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
70 VLT Proxy Gateway The Virtual link trucking (VLT) proxy gateway feature allows a VLT domain to locally terminate and route L3 packets that are destined to a Layer 3 (L3) end point in another VLT domain. Enable the VLT proxy gateway using the link layer discover protocol (LLDP) method or the static configuration. For more information, refer to Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. proxy-gateway lldp Enables the proxy-gateway feature using LLDP protocol.
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000. Usage Information When proxy-gateway static configuration is added, the setting is saved in the Layer 2 module. When you remove the static proxy gateway configuration, each proxy-gateway static mac configured is deleted from the Layer 2 module.
peer-domain-link port-channel exclude-vlan Configure the VLT port channel, which is connected to remote VLT domain for Proxy Gateway and configure the VLANs that needs to be excluded from VLT Proxy Gateway. Syntax Parameters [no] peer-domain-link port-channel interface-identifier exclude-vlan vlanrange port-channel Configure the proxy-gateway interface port-channel. Port channel range is from 1 to 128. vlan-range Enter the VLAN IDs in which proxy gateway is not needed.
Command History Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.7(0.0) Removed the default value on the S-Series and Z-Series. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information When a VLT peer goes down, the local VLT node must stop sending its peer’s MAC address. If this timeout is configured, the local VLT node will send its peer's MAC address, till the timer expires. By default this timer value is infinity.
static Command Modes Display details about the static VLT proxy gateway configuration EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000.
71 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Added support for IPv6. 9.0.2.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Example VLT ARP Statistics ---------------ARP Tunnel Pkts sent:0 ARP Tunnel Pkts Rcvd:0 ARP-sync Pkts Sent:0 ARP-sync Pkts Rcvd:0 ARP Reg Request sent:19 ARP Reg Request rcvd:10 Related Commands show vlt statistics — displays statistics on VLT operations.
Related Commands • after a VLT device is reloaded. • if the Peer VLT device was up at the time the VLTi link failed to the time when it was restored. show vlt statistics — displays statistics on VLT operations. delay-restore abort-threshold Increase the Boot Up timer to some value (>60 seconds). Syntax delay-restore abort-threshold To remove use the no delay-restore abort-threshold command. Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Added port-channel parameter on the S4810. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. peer-link port-channel Configure the specified port channel as the chassis interconnect trunk between VLT peers in the domain.
peer-routing Enable L3 VLT peer-routing. This command is applicable for both IPV6/ IPV4. Syntax peer-routing To disable L3 VLT peer-routing, use the no peer-routing command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
Usage Information Version Description 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. When the timer expires, the software checks to see if the VLT peer is now available. If the VLT peer is not available, peer-routing is disabled on that peer. primary-priority Assign the priority for master election among VLT peers.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell_VLTpeer1# show vlt backup-link VLT Backup Link ----------------Destination: Peer HeartBeat status: HeartBeat Timer Interval: HeartBeat Timeout: UDP Port: HeartBeat Messages Sent: HeartBeat Messages Received: 10.11.200.
Version Description 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information If you do not add a parameter such as arp or mac, the output displays all of the counters.
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.
(*, 225.1.1.2) Dell# VLAN 15 te 1/5 show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. Syntax show vlt role Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
show vlt statistics Displays statistics on VLT operations. Syntax Parameters show vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] domain Display the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Display the VLT statistics for multicast. mac Display the VLT statistics for the MAC address. arp Display the VLT statistics for ARP. igmp-snoop Display the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping. ndp Display the VLT statistics for NDP. Default Not configured.
L2 Reg Request rcvd:2 L2 Reg Response sent:1 L2 Reg Response rcvd:1 VLT Igmp-Snooping Statistics ------------------------------IGMP Info Pkts sent: 4 IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 IGMP Reg Request sent: 1 IGMP Reg Request rcvd: 2 IGMP Reg Response sent: 1 IGMP Reg Response rcvd: 1 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt sent: 5 IGMP PDU Tunnel Pkt rcvd: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs sent: 10 IGMP Tunnel PDUs rcvd: 19 VLT Multicast Statistics ------------------------------Info Pkts Sent: 4 Info Pkts Rcvd: 2 Reg Request Sent: 2 Reg Request Rcvd:
Example Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
0x4100 0x8100 VLT-VLAN config --------------Local Lag --------128 Peer Lag -------128 Local VLANs ----------4094 Peer VLANs ---------100 Dell# show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Displays the informational packets and IGMP control PDUs that are exchanged between VLT peer nodes. Syntax show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
Parameters mac-address Enter the system MAC address for the VLT domain. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
Usage Information Version Description 9.5(0.1) Introduced on the Z9500. 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in ProgrammableMux (PMUX) mode only. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you create a VLT domain on a switch, Dell Networking OS automatically assigns a unique unit ID (0 or 1) to each peer switch. The unit IDs are used for internal system operations.
Related Commands show vlt — uses the show vlt brief command to display the delay-restore value. vlt-peer-lag port-channel Associate the port channel to the corresponding port channel in the VLT peer for the VLT connection to an attached device. Syntax Parameters vlt-peer-lag port-channel id-number id-number Enter the respective vlt port-channel number of the peer device. The range is from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured.
72 Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system on Dell Networking OS. IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 255.
Usage Information Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers. authentication-type Enable authentication of VRRP data exchanges. Syntax authentication-type simple [encryption-type] password To delete an authentication type and password, use the no authentication-type command.
clear counters vrrp Clear the counters maintained on VRRP operations. S5000 Syntax clear counters vrrp [vrrp-id] [ipv6] [vrf vrf-name] Parameters vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of the VRRP group ID. The range is from 1 to 255. ipv6 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ipv6 to clear counters from the IPv6 VRRP group. vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear counters that are maintained on the VRRP operations corresponding to that VRF.
• For Port Channel interface types, enter the keywords port-channel then the number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094. vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter a number from 1 to 255 as the VRRP group ID.
Parameters text Enter a text string up to 80 characters long. Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.
Version Description 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To enable VRRP traffic, assign an IP address to the VRRP group using the virtual-address command and enter no disable. Related Commands virtual-address — specifies the IP address of the virtual router. hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables.
preempt To preempt or become the MASTER router, permit a BACKUP router with a higher priority value. Syntax preempt To prohibit preemption, use the no preempt command. Defaults Enabled (that is, a BACKUP router can preempt the MASTER router). Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
Example Dell(conf-if-vrid-4)#show config vrrp-group 4 virtual-address 119.192.182.124 ! show vrrp View the VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group. S5000 Syntax show vrrp [vrrp-id] [vrf vrf-name] [interface] [brief][ipv6] Parameters Command Modes Command History vrrp-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the Virtual Router Identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255.
Usage Information Version Description 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show vrrp brief command shown in the following example. Item Description Interface Lists the interface type, slot and port on which the VRRP group is configured. Grp Displays the VRRP group ID. Pri Displays the priority value assigned to the interface.
Item Description the interface’s priority and the IP address of the MASTER. Hold Down:... Adv rcvd:... Example 1784 This line displays additional VRRP configuration information: • Hold Down displays the hold down timer interval in seconds. • Preempt displays TRUE if preempt is configured and FALSE if preempt is not configured. • AdvInt displays the Advertise Interval in seconds.
track Monitor an interface and lower the priority value of the VRRP group on that interface if it is disabled. Syntax track interface [priority-cost cost] To disable monitoring, use the no track interface command.
... ip-address12 (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 11 additional IP addresses of virtual routers in dotted decimal format. Separate the IP addresses with a space. The IP addresses must be on the same subnet as the interface’s primary IP address. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Command Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
Usage Information This command applies to all the VRRP configured interfaces on a system. When used with the vrrp delay minimum CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and the vrrp delay minimum is 300: • When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
IPv6 VRRP Commands The following are IPv6 VRRP commands. • clear counters vrrp ipv6 • debug vrrp ipv6 • show vrrp ipv6 • vrrp-ipv6-group The following commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • advertise-interval • description • disable • hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups.
debug vrrp ipv6 Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP. Syntax debug vrrp ipv6 interface [vrid] {all | packets | state | timer} Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The VLAN ID range is from 1 to 4094.
Parameters Command Modes Command History vrid (OPTIONAL) Enter the virtual router identifier for the VRRP group to view only that group. The range is from 1 to 255. interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keywords port-channel then a number.
Line Beginning with Adv rcvd:... Example Description • Hold Down displays the hold down timer interval in seconds. • Preempt displays TRUE if preempt is configured and FALSE if preempt is not configured. • AdvInt displays the Advertise Interval in seconds. This line displays counters for the following: • Adv rcvd displays the number of VRRP advertisements received on the interface. • Adv sent displays the number of VRRP advertisements sent on the interface.
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 8.4.2.1 The range of valid VRID values on the E-Series when VRF microcode is loaded in CAM changed from 1 to 15. 8.4.1.
73 Debugging and Diagnostics The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Networking OS on the S5000 switch. This chapter contains the following sections: • Offline Diagnostic Commands • Buffer Tuning Commands • Hardware Commands Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands The following section describes the diagnostics and monitoring commands. For similar commands, refer to the Control and Monitoring chapter. logging coredump stack-unit Enable coredump on a stack.
Offline Diagnostic Commands The offline diagnostics test suite is useful for isolating faults and debugging hardware. While tests are running, Dell Networking OS results are saved as a text file (TestReport-SU-X.txt) in the flash directory. This show file command is available only on master and standby. Important Points to Remember • Offline diagnostics can only be run when the unit is offline. • You can only run offline diagnostics on a unit to which you are connected via the console.
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 8.3.1.
The system reboots when the off-line diagnostics complete. This reboot is an automatic process. A warning message appears when the offline stack-unit command is implemented. Warning - Diagnostic execution will cause stack-unit to reboot after completion of diags. Proceed with Offline-Diags [confirm yes/no]:y online stack-unit Place a stack unit in the online state. Syntax Parameters online stack-unit number number Enter the stack-unit number.
Buffer Tuning Commands The following sections detail the buffer tuning commands. WARNING: Altering the buffer allocations is a sensitive operation. Do not use any buffer tuning commands without first contacting the Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC). buffer-profile (Configuration) Create a buffer profile that can be applied to an interface.
If the default buffer-profile is active, Dell Networking OS displays an error message instructing you to remove the default configuration using the no buffer-profile global command. Reload the system for the global buffer-profile to take effect. show buffer-profile stack-unit Display the buffer profile that is applied to a stack-unit. S5000 Syntax Parameters show buffer-profile stack—unit unit-number stack-unit unitnumber Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.0(1.
Parameters stack-unit id Enter the keywords stack-unit then a number to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to clear a specific collection of data. counters Enter the keyword counters to clear the counters on the selected stack member. unit number counters Enter the keyword unit along with a port-pipe number, then the keyword counters to clear the counters on the selected port-pipe.
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version Description 9.7(0.0) Introduced on the S6000-ON. 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.
Usage Information Version Description 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. The unit numbers given are internal port numbers. show hardware layer3 Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. Syntax Parameters show hardware layer3 {acl | qos} stack-unit number port-set 0–0 acl | qos Enter either the keyword acl or the keyword qos to select between ACL or QoS data. stack-unit number Enter the keywords stack-unit then a number to select a stack ID.
Parameters stack-unit stackunit {commandoption} Enter the keywords stack-unit to select a particular stack member and then enter one of the following command options to display a collection of data based on the option entered. buffer Enter the keyword buffer. To display the total buffer statistics for the stack unit, enter the keyword total-buffer. To display buffer statistics for a all interface, enter the keyword interface followed by the keyword all.
Example (DataPlane) Version Description 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
ge14 !ena ge15 !ena ge16 !ena ge17 !ena ge18 !ena ge19 !ena ge20 !ena ge21 !ena ge22 !ena ge23 !ena hg0 up 12G FD hg1 up 12G FD hg2 down 10G FD hg3 down 10G FD 0 Dell# Example (Register) 1806 SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW SW Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Forward Tag Tag Tag Tag Tag Tag Tag Tag Tag Tag None None None None F F F F F F F F F F F F F F Dell#show hardware
0x0e711102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge17 = 0x00000000 0x0e712102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge18 = 0x00000000 0x0e713102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge19 = 0x00000000 0x0e714102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge20 = 0x00000000 0x0e715102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge21 = 0x00000000 0x0e716102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge22 = 0x00000000 0x0e717102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.ge23 = 0x00000000 0x0e718102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.hg0 = 0x00000000 0x0e719102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.hg1 = 0x00000000 0x0e71a102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.hg2 = 0x00000000 0x0e71b102 BCAST_BLOCK_MASK.
RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX - PFC Frame Priority 7 Debug Counter 0 Debug Counter 1 Debug Counter 2 Debug Counter 3 Debug Counter 4 Debug Counter 5 Debug Counter 6 Debug Counter 7 Debug Counter 8 64 Byte Frame Counter 65 to 127 Byte Frame Counter 128 to 255 Byte Frame Counter 256 to 511 Byte Frame Counter 512 to 1023 Byte Frame Counter 1024 to 1518 Byte Frame Counter 1519 to
RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX RX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX - 65 to 127 Byte Frame Counter 128 to 255 Byte Frame Counter 256 to 511 Byte Frame Counter 512 to 1023 Byte Frame Counter 1024 to 1518 Byte Frame Counter 1519 to 1522 Byte Good VLAN Frame Counter 1519 to 2047 Byte Frame Counter 2048 to 4095 Byte Frame Counter 4096 to 9216 Byte Frame Counter Good Packet
TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX TX Example (Details) - PFC Frame Priority PFC Frame Priority PFC Frame Priority PFC Frame Priority PFC Frame Priority PFC Frame Priority Debug Counter 0 Debug Counter 1 Debug Counter 2 Debug Counter 3 Debug Counter 4 Debug Counter 5 Debug Counter 6 Debug Counter 7 Debug Counter 8 Debug Counter 9 Debug Counter 10 Debug Counter 11 2 3 4 5 6 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Dell#show hardware stack-unit 1 unit 1 details ******************************
The linkStatus of Hg Port 24 is TRUE The linkStatus of Hg Port 25 is TRUE The linkStatus of Hg Port 26 is FALSE The linkStatus of Hg Port 27 is FALSE !------------------ output truncated ---------------! Example (TotalBuffer) Dell#show hardware stack-unit 1 buffer total-buffer Example displaying queue range Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer unit 0 interface all queue 6 bufferinfo Buffer Stats for Front End Ports ================================ ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Te 1/0 Queue 6 ----Max
Parameters Command Modes interface interface Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. priority-group Enter the keyword priority-group followed by id for specific priority-group or keyword all.
Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Te 1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Te 1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet Buffer: 0 ----- Buffer Stats for Interface Te 1/1 Queue Maximum Shared Limit: 29514 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Queue: Used Packet
EXEC Privilege Command History Version Description 9.8(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S5000, S6000, S6000–ON, Z9000, Z9500. Usage Information -Queue ucast/mcast — Displays the total unicast/multicast buffer usage on per-port per-queue basis. For CPU port, counters for queues 0 to 11 displays and there is no differentiation between unicast and multicast queues.
Example displaying egress queue-level snapshot for multicast packets for the specific interface Dell#show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 0/0 queue mcast 3 Unit 1 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 3 0 Dell#show hardware buffer-stats-snapshot resource interface fortyGigE 0/0 queue mcast all Unit 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) -----------------------------------
interface interface Defaults Enter any of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. none Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
RX - PFC Frame Priority 5 RX - PFC Frame Priority 6 RX - PFC Frame Priority 7 RX - Debug Counter 0 RX - Debug Counter 1 RX - Debug Counter 2
Version Description 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
show hardware stack-unit buffer-stats-snapshot (Total Buffer Information) View the buffer statistics tracking resource information depending on the type of buffer information, such as device-level details, port-level counters, queue-based snapshots, or priority group-level snapshot in the egress and ingress direction of traffic.
Example Dell#show hardware stack-unit 1 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 3 resource interface all queue mcast 3 Unit 1 unit: 3 port: 1 (interface Fo 1/144) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 3 0 Unit 1 unit: 3 port: 5 (interface Fo 1/148) --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------MCAST 3 0 Unit 1 unit: 3 port: 9 (interface Fo 1/152) -------------------------------------
show hardware system-flow Display Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. Syntax Parameters show hardware system-flow layer2 stack-unit id port-set number [counters] acl | qos For the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe, display which system flow entry the packet hits and what queue the packet takes as it dumps the raw system flow tables. stack-unit id Enter the keywords stack-unit to select a stack member ID.
379 4 3 2 1 25 Dell# Example BCAST L2_DST_HIT Packets Unknown L2MC Packets L2DLF Packets L2UCAST Packets L2BCASTPackets 0 0 0 0 0 param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=7(0x07), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, meter=NULL, counter={idx=1, mode=0x01, entries=1} ############## FP Entry for redirecting LACP traffic to CPU Port ############ EID 2045: gid=1, slice=15, slice_idx=0x02, prio=0x7fd, flags=
show hardware vlan-counters Display the hardware VLAN statistics. Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show hardware vlan-counters vlan-id vlan-id Enter the interface VLAN number. The range is from 1 to 4094. None • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
A ICMP Message Types This chapter lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. ICMP Messages and Their Definitions. Symbol Type Code . 0 U 3 4 3 Error 8 ICMP Message Types echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable . 2 protocol unreachable . 3 port unreachable .
Symbol & Type Code Description Query 9 0 router advertisement . 10 0 router solicitation . 11 Error time exceeded: 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing . 13 0 timestamp request . 14 0 timestamp reply . 15 0 information request (obsolete) . 16 0 information reply (obsolete) . 17 0 address mask request . 18 0 address mask reply .
B SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option BER_ERR SNMP NONE SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE %IFMGR-5-BER_ERR: High Ber detected on interface : %s BER_ERR_CLR %IFMGR-5-BER_ERR_CLR: High Ber cleared on interface : %s FAST_RETRAIN %IFMGR-5-FAST_RETRAIN: Retrain event dete
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN %TSM-5-SFM_REMOVE: Removed SFM 1 CHM_MAJ_SFM_DOWN %CHMGR-0-MAJOR_SFM: Major alarm: Switch fabric down CHM_MAJ_SFM_DOWN_CLR %CHMGR-5-MAJOR_SFM_CLR: Major alarm cleared: Switch fabric up CHM_MIN_SFM_DOWN %CHMGR-2-MINOR_SFM: MInor alarm: No working standby S
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE For E1200: %CHMGR-2-FAN_TRAY_BAD: Major alarm: fan tray %d is missing or down %CHMGR-2-ALL_FAN_BAD: Major alarm: all fans in fan tray %d are down.
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %MACMGR-5-DETECT_STN_MOVE: Station Move threshold exceeded for Mac %s in vlan %d PORT_TEMP_MAJOR %CHMGR-1-PORT_TEMP_MAJOR: Major Alarm Interface %s shut due to high temperature PORT_TEMP_MINOR %CHMGR-1-PORT_TEMP_MINOR: Minor Alarm Interface %s temperature exceeds threshold PORT_TEMP_MAJOR_CLR %CHMGR-1-PORT_TEMP_MAJOR_CLR: Major Alarm cleared for Interface %s port tem
